1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
13 @include rendition.texi
16 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
27 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
28 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
31 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
32 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
35 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
36 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
37 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
38 Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License", with the
39 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts
40 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
41 entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
43 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
44 this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
45 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
49 @dircategory Archiving
51 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
54 @dircategory Individual utilities
56 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
59 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
62 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
63 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
64 @author Melissa Weisshaus, Jay Fenlason,
65 @author Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Amy Gorin
66 @c he said to remove it: Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
67 @c i'm thinking about how the author page *should* look. -mew 2may96
70 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
75 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
82 @cindex archiving files
84 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
85 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
88 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
89 @c (However, getdate.texi's menu is interpolated by hand.)
98 * Date input formats::
101 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
102 * Copying This Manual::
106 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
110 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
111 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
112 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
113 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
114 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
115 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
116 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
118 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
121 * stylistic conventions::
122 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
123 * frequent operations::
124 * Two Frequent Options::
125 * create:: How to Create Archives
126 * list:: How to List Archives
127 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
130 Two Frequently Used Options
136 How to Create Archives
138 * prepare for examples::
139 * Creating the archive::
148 How to Extract Members from an Archive
150 * extracting archives::
158 * using tar options::
165 The Three Option Styles
167 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
168 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
169 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
170 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
172 All @command{tar} Options
174 * Operation Summary::
176 * Short Option Summary::
188 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
197 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
199 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
206 Options Used by @option{--create}
208 * Ignore Failed Read::
210 Options Used by @option{--extract}
212 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
213 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
214 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
216 Options to Help Read Archives
218 * read full records::
221 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
223 * Dealing with Old Files::
224 * Overwrite Old Files::
229 * Modification Times::
230 * Setting Access Permissions::
231 * Writing to Standard Output::
234 Coping with Scarce Resources
239 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
241 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
242 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
243 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
244 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
245 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
246 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
247 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
249 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
251 * General-Purpose Variables::
252 * Magnetic Tape Control::
254 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
256 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
258 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
259 * Selecting Archive Members::
260 * files:: Reading Names from a File
261 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
263 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
264 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
265 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
267 Reading Names from a File
273 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
274 * problems with exclude::
276 Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
278 * directory:: Changing Directory
279 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
283 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
284 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
285 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
286 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
287 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
288 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
289 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
290 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
291 * Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
293 Controlling the Archive Format
295 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
296 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
297 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
298 * Standard:: The Standard Format
299 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
300 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
302 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
304 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
305 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
306 * old:: Old V7 Archives
307 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
308 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
309 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
311 Using Less Space through Compression
313 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
314 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
316 Tapes and Other Archive Media
318 * Device:: Device selection and switching
319 * Remote Tape Server::
320 * Common Problems and Solutions::
321 * Blocking:: Blocking
322 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
323 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
324 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
330 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
331 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
333 Many Archives on One Tape
335 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
336 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
340 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
341 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
345 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
351 @chapter Introduction
354 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
355 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
356 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
357 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
358 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
361 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
362 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
363 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
364 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
365 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
366 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
367 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
371 @section What this Book Contains
373 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
374 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
375 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
378 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
379 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
380 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
381 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
382 progressive order, building on information already explained.
384 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
385 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
386 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
387 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
388 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
389 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
390 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
391 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
392 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
393 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
395 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
396 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
398 @FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
399 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
400 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
401 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
402 about a specific topic.
404 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
405 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
406 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
407 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
409 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
410 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
411 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
412 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
416 @section Some Definitions
420 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
421 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
422 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
423 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
424 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and last modification time.
425 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
426 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
427 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
430 @cindex archive member
433 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
434 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
435 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
436 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
437 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the filesystem,
438 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
443 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
444 member (or multiple members) into a file in the filesystem. Extracting
445 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
446 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
447 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
448 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
449 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
450 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
451 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
452 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
453 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
456 @section What @command{tar} Does
459 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
460 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
461 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
462 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
465 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
466 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
467 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
468 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
469 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
471 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
473 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
474 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
478 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
479 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
480 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
481 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
482 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
485 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
486 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
487 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
488 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
489 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
490 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
493 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
494 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
495 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
496 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
497 all dimensions, even time!)
500 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
501 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
502 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
503 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
504 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
505 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
506 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
507 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
511 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
512 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
513 files from one system to another.
516 @node Naming tar Archives
517 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
519 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
520 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
521 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
522 it and to make examples more clear.
527 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
528 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
529 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
530 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
531 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
534 @section Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
536 @GNUTAR{} is currently in the process of active development, whose
540 @item Improve compatibility between @GNUTAR{} and other @command{tar}
542 @item Switch to using @acronym{POSIX} archives.
543 @item Revise sparse file handling and multiple volume processing.
544 @item Merge with the @acronym{GNU} @code{paxutils} project.
547 Some of these aims are already attained, while others are still
548 being worked upon. From the point of view of an end user, the
549 following issues need special mentioning:
552 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
554 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
555 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
557 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
558 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
559 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
561 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
562 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
563 Users are encouraged to use @value{op-format-oldgnu} instead.
565 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
566 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
567 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
568 of this issue and its implications.
570 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
571 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
573 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
575 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
576 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Such usage is deprecated.
577 For compatibility with other implementations future versions of
578 @GNUTAR{} will understand this option as a synonym for
579 @option{--check-links}.
581 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
583 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
585 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
587 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
591 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
593 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
594 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
595 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
596 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
597 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
598 numerous and kind users.
600 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
601 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
602 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
603 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
604 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
606 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
607 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
608 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
609 i'll think about it.}
611 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
612 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
614 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
615 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
616 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
617 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
618 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
619 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
620 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
621 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as necessary; i'm being
622 optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry? maybe bob chassell?
623 maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to properly index the
626 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
627 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
629 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
630 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
631 active development and maintenance work has started
632 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
633 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
635 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
638 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
641 @cindex reporting bugs
642 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
643 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
645 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
646 possible, in order to reproduce it. @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd
647 like to make this node as detailed as 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs
651 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
653 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
654 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
655 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
656 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
657 details about how @command{tar} works.
661 * stylistic conventions::
662 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
663 * frequent operations::
664 * Two Frequent Options::
665 * create:: How to Create Archives
666 * list:: How to List Archives
667 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
672 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
674 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
675 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
676 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
677 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
678 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
682 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
683 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
684 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
685 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
686 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
687 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
688 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
689 filesystem. You should have some basic understanding of directory
690 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
691 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
692 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
693 differences between relative and absolute path names. @FIXME{and what
697 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
698 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
699 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
700 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
701 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
702 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
703 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
706 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
707 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
708 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
709 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
710 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
711 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
712 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
713 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
714 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
716 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
719 @node stylistic conventions
720 @section Stylistic Conventions
722 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
723 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
724 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
725 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
726 sometimes @samp{like this}.
728 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
729 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
731 @node basic tar options
732 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
734 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
735 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
736 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
737 operations, and options.
739 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
740 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
741 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
742 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
743 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
744 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
746 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
747 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
748 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
749 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
750 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
751 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
753 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
754 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
755 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
756 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
757 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
758 at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
759 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
760 exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
761 @command{tar}. We present a full discussion of this way of writing
762 options and operations appears in @ref{Old Options}, and we discuss
763 the other two styles of writing options in @ref{Mnemonic Options}, and
764 @ref{Short Options}.)
766 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
767 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
768 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
769 For example, instead of typing
772 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
778 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
784 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
788 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
789 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
790 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
792 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
793 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
794 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
795 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
796 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
797 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
798 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
800 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
801 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
802 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
803 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
804 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
805 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
806 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
807 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
808 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
811 @node frequent operations
812 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
814 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
815 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
816 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
817 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
822 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
825 List the contents of an archive.
828 Extract one or more members from an archive.
831 @node Two Frequent Options
832 @section Two Frequently Used Options
834 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
835 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
836 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
837 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
838 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
839 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
848 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
851 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
852 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
853 Specify the name of an archive file.
856 You can specify an argument for the @value{op-file} option whenever you
857 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
858 that @command{tar} will work on.
860 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will use a
861 default, usually some physical tape drive attached to your machine.
862 If there is no tape drive attached, or the default is not meaningful,
863 then @command{tar} will print an error message. The error message might
864 look roughly like one of the following:
867 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
868 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
872 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
873 name by using @value{op-file} when writing your @command{tar} commands.
874 For more information on using the @value{op-file} option, see
877 @node verbose tutorial
878 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
883 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
886 @value{op-verbose} shows details about the results of running
887 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
888 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
889 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
890 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
891 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
892 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
893 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
894 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
895 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
897 Sometimes, a single instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line
898 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
899 @c FIXME: Describe the exact output format, e.g., how hard links are displayed.
900 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. Other times,
901 @option{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
902 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
903 use @option{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
904 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
907 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
914 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
918 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
919 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
923 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
927 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
929 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
933 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
938 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
939 all operations and option available for the current version of
940 @command{tar} available on your system.
944 @section How to Create Archives
947 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @value{op-create}, which
948 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
949 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
950 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
953 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
954 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
955 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
956 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
957 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
958 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
959 other directories and other archives.
961 The three files you will archive in this example are called
962 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
963 @file{collection.tar}.
965 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
966 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
967 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
968 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
969 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
973 * prepare for examples::
974 * Creating the archive::
980 @node prepare for examples
981 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
983 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
984 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
985 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
986 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
987 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
988 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
990 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
991 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
992 the full path name of this directory is
993 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
994 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
996 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
997 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
998 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
999 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1001 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1002 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1003 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1004 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1005 contents of the file named by @value{op-file} if it exists. @command{tar}
1006 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1007 specify an option which does this. @FIXME{xref to the node for
1008 --backup!}To add files to an existing archive, you need to use a
1009 different option, such as @value{op-append}; see @ref{append} for
1010 information on how to do this.
1012 @node Creating the archive
1013 @subsection Creating the Archive
1015 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1016 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1019 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1022 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1023 option forms}. You could also say:
1026 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1030 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1031 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1032 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1033 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1035 Note that the part of the command which says,
1036 @w{@kbd{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1037 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1038 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1039 archive file you create.
1041 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1042 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1043 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1044 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1045 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1046 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1048 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1049 is the operation which creates the new archive
1050 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1051 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1052 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1053 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation).
1054 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}Now that they are
1055 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1056 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1058 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1059 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1060 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1062 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@kbd{ls}), you will
1063 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1066 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1070 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1071 the files in the directory.
1073 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1074 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1075 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1076 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1078 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @value{op-create} to add files to
1079 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1080 Use @value{op-append} instead. @xref{append}.
1082 @node create verbose
1083 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1085 If you include the @value{op-verbose} option on the command line,
1086 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1087 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1090 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1096 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1097 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1099 (note the different font styles).
1105 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1106 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1107 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1111 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1113 As we said before, the @value{op-create} operation is one of the most
1114 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1115 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1116 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1117 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1118 previous example (including the @value{op-verbose} option) looks like
1119 using short option forms:
1122 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1129 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1130 long or short option forms.
1132 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1133 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1134 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1135 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1136 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1140 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1144 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1145 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1146 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1147 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1148 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1149 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1150 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1151 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1152 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1153 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1154 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1156 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1157 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1158 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1163 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1167 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1168 becomes much more so:
1171 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1175 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1176 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1179 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1180 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1181 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1182 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1183 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1184 (Placing options in an unusual order can also cause @command{tar} to
1185 report an error if you have set the shell environment variable
1186 @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT}.)
1189 @subsection Archiving Directories
1191 @cindex Archiving Directories
1192 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1193 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1194 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1195 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1196 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1198 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1199 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1208 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1209 i.e. your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1210 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1211 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1214 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1218 @command{tar} should output:
1225 practice/collection.tar
1228 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1229 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1230 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1231 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1232 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1233 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1234 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1235 @command{tar} from the root directory; @value{xref-absolute-names}. (Note
1236 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1237 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1238 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1239 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1240 into the file system).
1242 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1245 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1249 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1250 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1251 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1252 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1253 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1254 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1255 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1256 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1257 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1258 note:} Other versions of @command{tar} are not so clever; they will
1259 enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not depend on
1260 this behavior unless you are certain you are running @GNUTAR{}.)
1261 @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does
1262 it all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for
1263 this manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1264 directory being dumped.}
1267 @section How to List Archives
1269 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1270 particular archive contains. You can use the @value{op-list} operation
1271 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1272 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1273 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1274 created in the last section with the command,
1277 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1281 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1289 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1290 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1293 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1302 Be sure to use a @value{op-file} option just as with @value{op-create}
1303 to specify the name of the archive.
1305 If you use the @value{op-verbose} option with @option{--list}, then
1306 @command{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1307 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1309 If you had used @value{op-verbose} mode, the example above would look
1313 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1314 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1317 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1318 @cindex @option{--list} with file name arguments
1319 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1320 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1321 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1322 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1324 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1325 @command{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1326 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1327 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1328 to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1329 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1330 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1331 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1332 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1333 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1334 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1336 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1337 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1338 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1339 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1340 expect to find; remember that if you use @option{--list} with no file
1341 names as arguments, @command{tar} will print the names of all the members
1342 stored in the specified archive.
1349 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1351 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1352 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1353 @value{op-list}. To find out file attributes, include the
1354 @value{op-verbose} option.
1356 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1357 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1360 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1363 @command{tar} responds:
1366 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1367 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1368 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1369 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1370 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1373 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1374 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1377 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1380 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1381 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1383 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1384 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1385 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1386 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1387 from an archive, use the @value{op-extract} operation. As with
1388 @value{op-create}, specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file}.
1389 Extracting an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can
1390 extract it multiple times if you want or need to.
1392 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1393 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1394 with @value{op-create} and @value{op-list}, you may use the short or the
1395 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1398 * extracting archives::
1399 * extracting files::
1401 * extracting untrusted archives::
1402 * failing commands::
1405 @node extracting archives
1406 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1408 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1409 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1412 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1419 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1420 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1421 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1424 @node extracting files
1425 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1427 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1428 arguments, as printed by @value{op-list}. If you had mistakenly deleted
1429 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1430 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1431 changing the archive's structure. It will be identical to the original
1432 file @file{blues} that you deleted. @FIXME{At the time of this
1433 writing, atime and ctime are not restored. Since this is a tutorial
1434 for a beginnig user, it should hardly be mentioned here. Maybe in
1435 a footnote? --gray}.
1437 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1438 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1439 the files in the directory again.
1441 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1442 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1445 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1449 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1450 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, creation
1451 times, and owner.@FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1452 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1453 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1454 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1455 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1456 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1457 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1458 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1459 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1460 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1461 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1464 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1465 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1466 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1467 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1468 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1469 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @value{op-list}
1472 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1473 with the @value{op-to-stdout} option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1476 If you give the @value{op-verbose} option, then @value{op-extract} will
1477 print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1480 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1482 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1483 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1484 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1485 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1486 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1487 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1488 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1489 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1490 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1491 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1492 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1495 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1496 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1497 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1499 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1500 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1501 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1502 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1503 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1504 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1505 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1506 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1510 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1516 If you were to specify two @value{op-verbose} options, @command{tar}
1517 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1518 in the example below:
1521 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1522 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1523 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1527 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1528 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1529 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1530 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1532 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
1535 @node extracting untrusted archives
1536 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1538 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1539 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1540 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1541 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1542 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1543 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1544 extract it as follows:
1547 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1549 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1552 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1553 before extracting it, using @value{op-list} option, possibly combined
1554 with @value{op-verbose}.
1556 @node failing commands
1557 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1559 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1562 If you try to use this command,
1565 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1569 you will get the following response:
1572 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1573 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1578 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1579 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1580 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1583 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1589 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1593 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1596 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1600 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1601 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
1602 files from the archive.
1604 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1605 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1607 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1610 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1612 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1613 be in the rest of the manual.}
1615 @node tar invocation
1616 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1619 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1620 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1621 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1622 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1623 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1624 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1625 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1626 depending on what the operation is.
1628 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1629 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1630 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1631 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1632 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1634 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1635 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1636 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1637 receives about what is going on. These are the @value{op-help} and
1638 @value{op-version} (@pxref{help}), @value{op-verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1639 and @value{op-interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1643 * using tar options::
1652 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1654 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1657 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1658 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1661 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1663 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1664 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1665 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1666 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1667 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1668 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1669 @command{tar} is to act on.
1671 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1672 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1673 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1674 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1676 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1677 name when the main command is one of @value{op-compare}, @value{op-delete},
1678 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} or @value{op-update}. When naming
1679 archive members, you must give the exact name of the member in the
1680 archive, as it is printed by @value{op-list}. For @value{op-append}
1681 and @value{op-create}, these @var{name} arguments specify the names
1682 of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1683 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1684 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1686 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1687 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1688 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1689 unless you specify otherwise (using the @value{op-absolute-names}
1690 option). @value{xref-absolute-names}, for more information about
1691 @value{op-absolute-names}.
1693 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1694 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1695 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1696 the files in the filesystem to @command{tar}.
1698 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1699 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1700 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1701 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1702 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1703 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1704 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1705 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1706 sufficient for this.
1708 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1709 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1710 @value{op-files-from} option.
1712 If you don't use any file name arguments, @value{op-append},
1713 @value{op-delete} and @value{op-concatenate} will do nothing, while
1714 @value{op-create} will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar}
1715 execution. The other operations of @command{tar} (@value{op-list},
1716 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-compare}, and @value{op-update}) will act
1717 on the entire contents of the archive.
1720 @cindex return status
1721 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1722 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1723 @command{tar} command is improperly written. Errors may be
1724 encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
1725 or the files. Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
1726 is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some
1727 errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
1728 continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
1729 All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
1730 clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
1733 @GNUTAR{} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
1734 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
1735 @value{op-compare} option, zero means that everything went well, besides
1736 maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero means that something went wrong.
1737 Right now, as of today, ``nonzero'' is almost always 2, except for
1738 remote operations, where it may be 128.
1740 @node using tar options
1741 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1743 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1744 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1745 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1746 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1747 @command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
1748 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1749 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1750 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1751 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1752 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1754 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1755 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @value{op-verbose}, which
1756 we used in the tutorial). As we said in the tutorial, @dfn{options} are
1757 arguments to @command{tar} which are (as their name suggests) optional.
1758 Depending on the operating mode, you may specify one or more options.
1759 Different options will have different effects, but in general they all
1760 change details of the operation, such as archive format, archive name,
1761 or level of user interaction. Some options make sense with all
1762 operating modes, while others are meaningful only with particular modes.
1763 You will likely use some options frequently, while you will only use
1764 others infrequently, or not at all. (A full list of options is
1765 available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1767 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1768 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1769 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1770 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1771 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1772 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1773 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1775 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1776 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1777 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1778 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1779 write @value{op-list}.
1781 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1782 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1783 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1784 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1787 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1788 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chap. 4 is
1792 @section The Three Option Styles
1794 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1795 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1796 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1797 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1799 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @value{op-file} takes
1800 the name of an archive file as an argument. If you do not supply an
1801 archive file name, @command{tar} will use a default, but this can be
1802 confusing; thus, we recommend that you always supply a specific archive
1803 file name.) Where you @emph{place} the arguments generally depends on
1804 which style of options you choose. We will detail specific information
1805 relevant to each option style in the sections on the different option
1806 styles, below. The differences are subtle, yet can often be very
1807 important; incorrect option placement can cause you to overwrite a
1808 number of important files. We urge you to note these differences, and
1809 only use the option style(s) which makes the most sense to you until you
1810 feel comfortable with the others.
1812 Some options @emph{may} take an argument (currently, there are
1813 two such options: @value{op-backup} and @value{op-occurrence}). Such
1814 options may have at most long and short forms, they do not have old style
1815 equivalent. The rules for specifying an argument for such options
1816 are stricter than those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please,
1817 pay special attention to them.
1820 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
1821 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
1822 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
1823 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
1826 @node Mnemonic Options
1827 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
1829 @FIXME{have to decide whether or not to replace other occurrences of
1830 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
1832 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
1833 dashes in a row, e.g.@: @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
1834 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
1835 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
1836 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
1837 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
1838 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
1839 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
1840 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
1841 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
1842 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
1843 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
1844 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
1845 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
1846 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
1848 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
1849 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
1850 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
1853 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
1857 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
1858 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
1860 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
1861 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
1862 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
1863 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
1864 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
1865 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
1866 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
1867 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
1869 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
1870 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
1871 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
1872 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
1875 @subsection Short Option Style
1877 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
1878 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g.@: @option{-t}
1879 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
1880 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
1882 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
1884 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
1885 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
1886 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
1887 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
1888 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
1889 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
1890 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
1891 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
1893 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
1894 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
1895 white space characters}.
1897 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
1898 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
1899 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
1900 all, e.g.@: @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
1901 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
1902 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
1903 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
1904 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
1906 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
1907 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
1911 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
1914 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
1915 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
1916 end up overwriting files.
1919 @subsection Old Option Style
1922 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
1923 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
1924 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
1925 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
1926 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
1927 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
1928 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
1929 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
1930 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
1931 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
1932 mnemonic option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
1933 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
1935 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
1937 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
1938 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
1939 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
1943 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
1947 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
1948 the argument of @option{-f}.
1950 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
1951 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
1952 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
1953 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
1954 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
1955 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
1956 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
1959 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
1960 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
1962 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
1963 users. For example, the two commands:
1966 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
1967 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
1971 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
1972 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
1973 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
1974 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
1976 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
1978 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
1979 following are equivalent:
1982 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
1983 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
1984 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
1987 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
1989 @cindex option syntax, traditional
1990 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
1991 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
1992 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
1993 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
1994 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
1995 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
1996 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
1997 @value{op-create} command to create an archive.
2000 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2002 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2003 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2004 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2005 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with mnemonic options in
2006 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2007 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2008 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2009 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2010 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2011 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2012 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2013 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2016 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2017 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2020 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2021 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2022 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2023 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2024 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2025 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2026 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2027 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2028 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2029 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2030 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2031 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2032 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2033 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2034 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2035 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2036 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2037 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2038 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2039 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2040 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2043 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2047 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2048 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2049 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2050 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2051 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2055 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2056 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2057 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2058 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2059 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2060 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2061 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2062 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2063 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2064 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2065 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2068 @section All @command{tar} Options
2070 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2071 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2072 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2073 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2074 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2075 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2078 * Operation Summary::
2080 * Short Option Summary::
2083 @node Operation Summary
2084 @subsection Operations
2091 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2096 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2101 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2102 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2103 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2108 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2114 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2118 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2119 tape! @xref{delete}.
2124 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2129 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2134 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2139 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2144 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @option{--compare} and
2145 @option{--append} operations. This is not true and rather misleading,
2146 as @value{op-compare} does a lot more than @value{op-update} for
2147 ensuring files are identical.} Adds files to the end of the archive,
2148 but only if they are newer than their counterparts already in the
2149 archive, or if they do not already exist in the archive.
2154 @node Option Summary
2155 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2159 @item --absolute-names
2162 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2163 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2168 (See @option{--newer}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2171 An exclude pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2174 @item --atime-preserve
2176 Tells @command{tar} to preserve the access time field in a file's inode when
2177 reading it. Due to limitations in the @code{utimes} system call, the
2178 modification time field is also preserved, which may cause problems if
2179 the file is simultaneously being modified by another program.
2180 This option is incompatible with incremental backups, because
2181 preserving the access time involves updating the last-changed time.
2182 Also, this option does not work on files that you do not own,
2186 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2188 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2189 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2190 @var{backup-type}. @FIXME-xref{}
2192 @item --block-number
2195 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2196 with the block number in the archive file. @FIXME-xref{}
2198 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2199 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2201 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2202 record. @FIXME-xref{}
2207 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2208 @code{bzip2}. @FIXME-xref{}
2212 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2213 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2214 indication that @command{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2215 @option{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}
2219 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2220 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2221 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2224 Future versions will take @option{-l} as a short version of
2225 @option{--check-links}. However, current release still retains the old
2226 semantics for @option{-l}.
2228 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2234 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2235 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2236 while saving space. @FIXME-xref{}
2238 @item --confirmation
2240 (See @option{--interactive}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2245 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2246 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2247 symlink. @FIXME-xref{}
2249 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2252 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2253 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2254 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @FIXME-xref{}
2256 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2258 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2259 @var{pattern}. @FIXME-xref{}
2261 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2262 @itemx -X @var{file}
2264 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2265 patterns in the file @var{file}. @FIXME-xref{}
2267 @item --exclude-caches
2269 Automatically excludes all directories
2270 containing a cache directory tag. @FIXME-xref{}
2272 @item --file=@var{archive}
2273 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2275 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2276 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2277 default. @FIXME-xref{}
2279 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2280 @itemx -T @var{file}
2282 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2283 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2284 command-line. @FIXME-xref{}
2288 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the filename given to @option{--file}
2289 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2292 @item --format=@var{format}
2294 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2299 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2302 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2306 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2307 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2311 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2314 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2318 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2320 @item --group=@var{group}
2322 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2323 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2324 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2325 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}
2327 Also see the comments for the @value{op-owner} option.
2334 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2335 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2336 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @FIXME-xref{}
2340 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2341 options to @command{tar} and exit. @FIXME-xref{}
2344 Ignore case when excluding files.
2347 @item --ignore-failed-read
2349 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2352 @item --ignore-zeros
2355 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2356 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2361 Used to inform @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2362 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2363 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @FIXME-xref{}
2365 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2367 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2369 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2370 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2371 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2373 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2374 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2375 @command{tar} fails immediately. @FIXME-xref{}
2378 @itemx --confirmation
2381 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2382 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2385 @item --keep-newer-files
2387 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2388 when extracting files from an archive.
2390 @item --keep-old-files
2393 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2396 @item --label=@var{name}
2397 @itemx -V @var{name}
2399 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2400 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2401 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2402 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @FIXME-xref{}
2404 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2405 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2407 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2408 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2409 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2410 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2411 incremental format. @FIXME-xref{}
2413 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2415 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2416 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2417 from the files. The program @command{chmod} and this @command{tar}
2418 option share the same syntax for what @var{permissions} might be.
2419 @xref{File permissions, Permissions, File permissions, fileutils,
2420 @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference also has useful
2421 information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2424 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2425 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2426 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2427 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2428 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2430 @item --multi-volume
2433 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2434 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2436 @item --new-volume-script
2443 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
2444 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
2445 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
2446 in cases when such recognition fails.
2448 @item --newer=@var{date}
2449 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2452 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2453 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2454 is taken to be the name of a file whose last-modified time specifies
2455 the date. @FIXME-xref{}
2457 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2459 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2460 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2461 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2464 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2467 @item --no-ignore-case
2468 Use case-sensitive matching when excluding files.
2471 @item --no-recursion
2473 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2476 @item --no-same-owner
2479 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2480 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2483 @item --no-same-permissions
2485 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2486 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2489 @item --no-wildcards
2490 Do not use wildcards when excluding files.
2493 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2494 Wildcards do not match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2499 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
2500 instructs @command{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @kbd{NUL}, so
2501 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2504 @item --numeric-owner
2506 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2507 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2511 When extracting files, this option is a synonym for
2512 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e. it prevents @command{tar} from
2513 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2515 When creating an archive, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2516 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
2517 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2518 removed in the future releases.
2520 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2522 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2524 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2525 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2526 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2527 line or via @option{-T} option.
2529 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2530 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2533 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2537 will extract the first occurrence of @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
2538 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
2541 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2543 @item --one-file-system
2545 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
2546 directories that are on different file systems from the current
2549 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2550 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Although such usage is still
2551 allowed in the present version, it is @emph{strongly discouraged}.
2552 The future versions of @GNUTAR{} will use @option{-l} as
2553 a synonym for @option{--check-links}.
2555 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2559 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
2560 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2562 @item --overwrite-dir
2564 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2565 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2567 @item --owner=@var{user}
2569 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
2570 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
2571 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
2572 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
2575 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
2576 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
2577 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
2578 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
2580 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
2582 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
2584 This option is meaningful only with @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives
2585 (@FIXME-xref{}). It modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
2586 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
2587 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
2588 the following forms:
2591 @item delete=@var{pattern}
2592 When used with one of archive-creation command (@FIXME-xref{}),
2593 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
2594 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
2596 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
2597 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
2598 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
2599 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13 @FIXME-xref{see
2600 man 7 glob}. For example:
2603 --pax-option delete=security.*
2606 would suppress security-related information.
2608 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
2610 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
2611 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
2612 from @var{string} after substituting the following meta-characters:
2614 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2615 @item Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2616 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
2617 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated pathname.
2618 @item %f @tab The filename of the file, equivalent to the result
2619 of the @command{basename} utility on the translated pathname.
2620 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2621 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2624 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
2627 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2628 will use the following default value:
2634 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
2635 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
2636 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
2637 shall will be obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after the
2638 following character substitutions have been made:
2640 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2641 @item Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2642 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
2643 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
2645 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2646 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2649 Any other @samp{%} characters in string produce undefined results.
2651 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2652 will use the following default value:
2655 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
2659 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
2660 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
2663 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2664 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2665 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
2666 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
2667 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
2668 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
2671 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
2672 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2673 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
2674 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2675 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
2677 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
2678 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
2679 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
2680 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
2681 For example, in the command:
2684 tar --format=posix --create \
2685 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
2688 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
2689 stored in the archive.
2693 @itemx --old-archive
2694 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2697 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
2701 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
2702 @option{--same-order}. @FIXME-xref{}
2704 @item --preserve-order
2706 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
2708 @item --preserve-permissions
2709 @itemx --same-permissions
2712 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
2713 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
2714 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
2715 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
2716 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2718 @item --read-full-records
2721 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
2722 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
2724 @item --record-size=@var{size}
2726 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
2727 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2731 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories.
2734 @item --recursive-unlink
2737 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
2738 from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2740 @item --remove-files
2742 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
2743 appending it to an archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2745 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
2747 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
2748 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
2750 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
2752 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
2753 devices. @FIXME-xref{}
2756 @itemx --preserve-order
2759 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
2760 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
2761 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
2762 archive. @xref{Reading}.
2766 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
2767 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
2768 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
2769 effect only for ordinary users. @FIXME-xref{}
2771 @item --same-permissions
2773 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Writing}.)
2775 @item --show-defaults
2777 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
2778 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
2779 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
2782 $ tar --show-defaults
2783 --format=gnu -f- -b20
2786 @item --show-omitted-dirs
2788 Instructs @command{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when
2789 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2794 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
2795 sparse files efficiently. @FIXME-xref{}
2797 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
2798 @itemx -K @var{name}
2800 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
2801 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
2804 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
2805 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
2806 extraction.@footnote{This option was called @option{--strip-path} in
2807 version 1.14.} For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
2808 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
2811 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
2815 would extracted this file to file @file{name}.
2817 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
2819 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
2820 @samp{~}. @FIXME-xref{}
2822 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
2825 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
2826 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @FIXME-xref{}
2831 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
2832 than to the file system. @xref{Writing}.
2836 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
2842 Sets the modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
2843 rather than the modification time stored in the archive.
2848 (See @option{--compress}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2852 (See @option{--gzip}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2854 @item --unlink-first
2857 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
2858 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2860 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
2862 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
2863 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @FIXME-xref{}
2867 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
2873 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
2874 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
2875 operations to increase the amount of information displayed. @FIXME-xref{}
2880 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
2881 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2885 @command{tar} will print an informational message about what version
2886 it is and a copyright message, some credits, and then exit.
2889 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
2891 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will keep track
2892 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
2896 Use wildcards when excluding files.
2899 @item --wildcards-match-slash
2900 Wildcards match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2904 @node Short Option Summary
2905 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
2907 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
2908 them with the equivalent long option.
2914 @option{--concatenate}
2918 @option{--read-full-records}
2922 @option{--directory}
2926 @option{--info-script}
2930 @option{--incremental}
2934 @option{--starting-file}
2938 @option{--tape-length}
2942 @option{--multi-volume}
2950 @option{--to-stdout}
2954 @option{--absolute-names}
2958 @option{--block-number}
2966 @option{--files-from}
2970 @option{--unlink-first}
2982 @option{--exclude-from}
2990 @option{--blocking-factor}
3006 @option{--listed-incremental}
3010 @option{--dereference}
3014 @option{--ignore-zeros}
3022 @option{--keep-old-files}
3026 @option{--one-file-system}. Use of this short option is deprecated. It
3027 is retained for compatibility with the earlier versions of GNU
3028 @command{tar}, and will be changed in future releases.
3030 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3038 When creating --- @option{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3039 @option{--portability}.
3041 The later usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3042 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In the future releases
3043 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3047 @option{--preserve-permissions}
3055 @option{--same-order}
3071 @option{--interactive}
3084 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3086 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3087 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @value{op-version} option
3088 will generate a message giving confirmation that you are using
3089 @GNUTAR{}, with the precise version of @GNUTAR{}
3090 you are using. @command{tar} identifies itself and
3091 prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3092 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3093 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3096 tar (@acronym{GNU} tar) @value{VERSION}
3100 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3101 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3102 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3103 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3104 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3105 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3106 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3107 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3108 @value{op-version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3111 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3112 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3113 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3114 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3115 @value{op-help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3116 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3117 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3118 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3119 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3120 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3123 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3127 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3128 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3129 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3130 @value{op-help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3133 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3137 for getting only the pertinent lines.
3139 The perceptive reader would have noticed some contradiction in the
3140 previous paragraphs. It is written that both @value{op-version} and
3141 @value{op-help} print something, and have all other options ignored. In
3142 fact, they cannot ignore each other, and one of them has to win. We do
3143 not specify which is stronger, here; experiment if you really wonder!
3145 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3146 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3147 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3148 form. This manual is available in printed form, as a kind of small
3149 book. It may printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3150 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3151 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3152 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3153 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3154 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3155 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3156 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3157 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3158 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3160 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3161 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3162 either it does not long to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3163 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Currently, @GNUTAR{}
3164 documentation is provided in Texinfo format only, if we
3165 except, of course, the short result of @kbd{tar --help}.
3168 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3170 @cindex Progress information
3171 @cindex Status information
3172 @cindex Information on progress and status of operations
3173 @cindex Verbose operation
3174 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3175 @cindex Error message, block number of
3176 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3178 @cindex Getting more information during the operation
3179 @cindex Information during operation
3180 @cindex Feedback from @command{tar}
3182 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3183 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3184 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3185 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3186 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3187 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3188 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3189 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3190 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3191 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3192 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3193 helpful diagnostic tools.
3195 Normally, the @value{op-list} command to list an archive prints just
3196 the file names (one per line) and the other commands are silent.
3197 When used with most operations, the @value{op-verbose} option causes
3198 @command{tar} to print the name of each file or archive member as it
3199 is processed. This and the other options which make @command{tar} print
3200 status information can be useful in monitoring @command{tar}.
3202 With @value{op-create} or @value{op-extract}, @value{op-verbose} used once
3203 just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3204 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing (reminiscent
3205 of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @value{op-list} already prints
3206 the names of the members, @value{op-verbose} used once with @value{op-list}
3207 causes @command{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files
3208 in the archive. The following examples both extract members with
3212 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3213 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3216 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3217 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3218 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3219 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3220 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3222 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3223 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3226 The @value{op-totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3227 @value{op-create}---causes @command{tar} to print the total
3228 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3230 The @value{op-checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3231 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it prints
3232 a message each 10 records read or written. It is designed for
3233 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3234 @value{op-block-number}, but do want visual confirmation that @command{tar}
3235 is actually making forward progress.
3237 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3238 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3240 The @value{op-show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3241 @value{op-list} or @value{op-extract}, for example---causes a message
3242 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3243 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3244 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3245 it might be excluded by the use of the @value{op-exclude} option, or
3248 If @value{op-block-number} is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3249 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3250 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3251 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3252 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3253 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3254 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3255 @value{op-block-number} is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3256 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3257 archive from a pipe.
3259 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3260 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3261 @value{op-list} when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3262 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3263 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3264 front of the tape). @FIXME-xref{when the node name is set and the
3265 backup section written.}
3268 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3269 @cindex Interactive operation
3271 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3272 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3273 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3274 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3275 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3276 an operation interactively, using the @value{op-interactive} option.
3277 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
3279 When the @value{op-interactive} option is specified, before
3280 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3281 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3282 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3283 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3284 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3285 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3286 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3287 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3289 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3290 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3293 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3294 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3295 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3296 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3297 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3298 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3299 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3300 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3301 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3302 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3303 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3306 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3319 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3321 The basic @command{tar} operations, @value{op-create}, @value{op-list} and
3322 @value{op-extract}, are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3323 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3324 for these operations.
3327 @item @value{op-create}
3329 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3330 initialize an empty archive and later use @value{op-append} for adding
3331 all members. Some applications would not welcome making an exception
3332 in the way of adding the first archive member. On the other hand,
3333 many people reported that it is dangerously too easy for @command{tar}
3334 to destroy a magnetic tape with an empty archive@footnote{This is well
3335 described in @cite{Unix-haters Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel
3336 Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most
3341 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3342 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3343 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3344 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3345 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3346 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3349 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3350 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3351 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3352 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3353 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3354 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3357 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3358 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3359 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @value{op-create} option is
3360 given, there are no arguments besides options, and @value{op-files-from}
3361 option is @emph{not} used. To get around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{}
3362 and nevertheless create an archive with nothing in it,
3363 one may still use, as the value for the @value{op-files-from} option,
3364 a file with no names in it, as shown in the following commands:
3367 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3368 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3371 @item @value{op-extract}
3373 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3375 @item @value{op-list}
3377 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3378 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. (One can revert to
3379 the old behavior by defining @code{USE_OLD_CTIME} in @file{src/list.c}
3380 before reinstalling.) But preferably, people should get used to ISO
3381 8601 dates. Local American dates should be made available again with
3382 full date localization support, once ready. In the meantime, programs
3383 not being localizable for dates should prefer international dates,
3384 that's really the way to go.
3386 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3387 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3392 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3394 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3395 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3397 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3398 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3399 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3400 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3401 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3402 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3403 error correction in special circumstances.
3405 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3406 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3418 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3421 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3422 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3423 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
3424 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
3426 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3427 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3428 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3429 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3430 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3431 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3432 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3433 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3435 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3436 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3437 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3438 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3440 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3441 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3442 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3443 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3444 where the last chapter left them.)
3446 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3451 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3454 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3459 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3461 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3465 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3469 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
3472 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3473 create a new archive; you can use @value{op-append}. The archive must
3474 already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A related operation
3475 is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this to add newer
3476 versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3477 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3479 If you use @value{op-append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3480 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3481 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3482 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
3483 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3484 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3485 view an archive with @value{op-list}, you will see all of those members
3486 listed, with their modification times, owners, etc.
3488 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3489 prefer; if you were to use @value{op-extract} to extract the archive,
3490 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3491 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3492 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3493 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3494 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3495 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3496 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
3497 @option{--keep-old-files} option, or the disk copy is newer than the
3498 the one in the archive and you invoke @command{tar} with
3499 @option{--keep-newer-files} option}. Thus, only the most recently archived
3500 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3501 extracted before it, and so on.
3503 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
3504 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
3505 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
3506 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
3507 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
3508 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
3509 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
3513 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
3517 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @value{op-occurrence} option.
3519 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3520 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
3522 There are a few ways to get around this. (maybe xref Multiple Members
3523 with the Same Name.}
3525 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3526 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3527 If you want to replace an archive member, use @value{op-delete} to
3528 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3529 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3530 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3531 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
3532 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3533 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3534 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3537 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
3541 @node appending files
3542 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
3544 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
3545 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
3546 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
3548 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
3549 @value{op-append} operation, which writes specified files into the
3550 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
3551 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
3552 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
3553 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
3554 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
3555 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
3556 command line. The @value{op-verbose} option will print out the names
3557 of the files as they are written into the archive.
3559 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
3560 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
3561 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
3562 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
3564 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
3565 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
3566 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
3567 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
3568 @file{collection.tar}:
3571 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
3575 If you now use the @value{op-list} operation, you will see that
3576 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
3579 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3580 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3581 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3582 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3583 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3586 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
3587 title claims it will become...}
3590 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
3592 You can use @value{op-append} to add copies of files which have been
3593 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
3594 doing this since there is another @command{tar} option called
3595 @option{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
3596 use of @option{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
3597 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
3598 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
3599 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
3600 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
3601 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that we explicitly don't
3602 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
3603 the situation.}When you extract the archive, the older version will be
3604 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
3605 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
3606 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
3607 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
3608 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
3609 versions of the file.
3611 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
3612 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
3613 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
3614 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
3615 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
3616 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
3617 newer version when it is extracted.
3619 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
3620 archive in this way:
3623 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
3628 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
3629 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
3630 list the contents of the archive:
3633 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
3634 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3635 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3636 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3637 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3638 -rw-rw-rw- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
3642 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
3643 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
3644 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
3645 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
3646 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
3648 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
3649 from the archive, use @value{op-occurrence} option, as shown in
3650 the following example:
3653 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
3654 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3657 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @value{op-extract} and
3658 @xref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for the description of
3659 @value{op-occurrence} option.
3662 @subsection Updating an Archive
3664 @cindex Updating an archive
3666 In the previous section, you learned how to use @value{op-append} to add
3667 a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
3668 @value{op-update}. The @option{--update} operation updates a @command{tar}
3669 archive by comparing the date of the specified archive members against
3670 the date of the file with the same name. If the file has been modified
3671 more recently than the archive member, then the newer version of the
3672 file is added to the archive (as with @value{op-append}).
3674 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
3675 The operation will fail.
3677 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
3678 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
3680 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
3681 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
3682 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
3683 the @value{op-backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
3691 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
3693 You must use file name arguments with the @value{op-update} operation.
3694 If you don't specify any files, @command{tar} won't act on any files and
3695 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
3698 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
3699 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
3701 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
3702 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
3703 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
3704 the @samp{update} operation and the @value{op-verbose} option specified,
3705 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
3709 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
3716 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
3717 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
3718 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
3719 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
3720 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
3721 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
3724 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
3725 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
3726 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
3727 information about tapes.
3729 @value{op-update} is not suitable for performing backups for two
3730 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
3731 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
3732 options intended specifically for backups are more
3733 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
3736 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
3738 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
3739 @cindex Concatenating Archives
3740 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
3741 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
3742 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
3743 @value{op-concatenate} operation.
3745 To use @option{--concatenate}, name the archives to be concatenated on the
3746 command line. (Nothing happens if you don't list any.) The members,
3747 and their member names, will be copied verbatim from those archives. If
3748 this causes multiple members to have the same name, it does not delete
3749 any members; all the members with the same name coexist. @FIXME-ref{For
3750 information on how this affects reading the archive, Multiple
3751 Members with the Same Name.}
3753 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
3754 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
3755 files from @file{practice}:
3758 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
3761 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
3767 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
3768 contain what they are supposed to:
3771 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
3772 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
3773 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
3774 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
3775 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3776 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
3779 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
3783 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
3786 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
3787 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
3790 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
3797 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
3798 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
3799 parameters. @FIXME-pxref{Matching Format Parameters}The new,
3800 concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the first
3801 archive listed on the command line. @FIXME{is there a way to specify a
3804 Like @value{op-append}, this operation cannot be performed on some
3805 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
3807 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
3808 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
3809 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
3810 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
3811 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
3813 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
3814 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
3815 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
3816 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
3817 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
3818 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
3819 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
3820 @value{op-ignore-zeros} option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
3821 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
3822 @command{cat} shell utility.
3824 @FIXME{this shouldn't go here. where should it go?} You must specify
3825 the source archives using @value{op-file} (@value{pxref-file}). If you
3826 do not specify the target archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
3827 environment variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the
3828 default archive name.
3831 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
3833 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
3834 @cindex Removing files from an archive
3836 You can remove members from an archive by using the @value{op-delete}
3837 option. Specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file} and then
3838 specify the names of the members to be deleted; if you list no member
3839 names, nothing will be deleted. The @value{op-verbose} option will
3840 cause @command{tar} to print the names of the members as they are deleted.
3841 As with @value{op-extract}, you must give the exact member names when
3842 using @samp{tar --delete}. @option{--delete} will remove all versions of
3843 the named file from the archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run
3846 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
3848 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
3849 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
3850 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
3851 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
3852 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
3853 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
3854 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
3855 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
3856 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
3857 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
3859 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
3860 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
3861 are in that directory, and then,
3864 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3874 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
3875 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3882 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
3883 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
3884 follow it and see what it actually does!}
3886 The @value{op-delete} option has been reported to work properly when
3887 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
3890 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
3891 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
3894 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
3895 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
3896 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
3897 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
3898 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
3899 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
3900 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
3902 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
3903 archive with a non-default record size.
3905 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
3906 corresponding members in the archive.
3908 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
3909 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
3910 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
3911 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
3914 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
3917 tar: funk not found in archive
3921 @FIXME{what does this actually depend on? i'm making a guess,
3922 here.}Depending on the system where you are running @command{tar} and the
3923 version you are running, @command{tar} may have a different error message,
3927 funk: does not exist
3930 @FIXME-xref{somewhere, for more information about format parameters.
3931 Melissa says: such as "format variations"? But why? Clearly I don't
3932 get it yet; I'll deal when I get to that section.}
3934 The spirit behind the @value{op-compare} option is to check whether the
3935 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
3936 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
3938 @node create options
3939 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
3941 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
3942 @value{op-create} to create an archive from a set of files.
3943 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
3947 * Ignore Failed Read::
3950 @node Ignore Failed Read
3951 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
3954 @item --ignore-failed-read
3955 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
3958 @node extract options
3959 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
3962 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
3963 there's a better way of organizing them.}
3965 The previous chapter showed how to use @value{op-extract} to extract
3966 an archive into the filesystem. Various options cause @command{tar} to
3967 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
3968 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
3969 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
3970 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
3971 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
3972 @option{--extract} operation.
3975 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
3976 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
3977 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
3981 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
3982 @cindex Options when reading archives
3983 @cindex Reading incomplete records
3984 @cindex Records, incomplete
3985 @cindex End-of-archive entries, ignoring
3986 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive entries
3987 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
3988 @cindex Small memory
3989 @cindex Running out of space
3992 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
3993 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
3994 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
3995 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
3996 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
3997 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
3998 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @value{op-read-full-records} option
3999 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} operations.
4000 @value{xref-read-full-records}.
4002 The @value{op-read-full-records} option is turned on by default when
4003 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4004 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
4005 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4006 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4007 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4009 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4010 read the archive by specifying @value{op-read-full-records} and
4011 @value{op-blocking-factor}, using a blocking factor larger than what the
4012 archive uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4013 of an archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4016 * read full records::
4020 @node read full records
4021 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4023 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4026 @item --read-full-records
4028 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract} to read an archive which
4029 contains incomplete records, or one which has a blocking factor less
4030 than the one specified.
4034 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4036 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4037 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4038 @value{op-ignore-zeros} allows @command{tar} to completely read an archive
4039 which contains a block of zeros before the end (i.e.@: a damaged
4040 archive, or one which was created by concatenating several archives
4043 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option is turned off by default because many
4044 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4045 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
4046 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4047 maintain compatiblity among archiving utilities.
4050 @item --ignore-zeros
4052 To ignore blocks of zeros (ie.@: end-of-archive entries) which may be
4053 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4054 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4058 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4059 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4060 @cindex Protecting old files
4061 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4062 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4063 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4064 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4065 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4068 @FIXME{need to mention the brand new option, --backup}
4071 * Dealing with Old Files::
4072 * Overwrite Old Files::
4074 * Keep Newer Files::
4076 * Recursive Unlink::
4077 * Modification Times::
4078 * Setting Access Permissions::
4079 * Writing to Standard Output::
4083 @node Dealing with Old Files
4084 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4086 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4087 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4088 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4089 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4090 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4091 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4092 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4093 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4094 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4096 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4097 the @value{op-keep-old-files} option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4098 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4099 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4100 member. Instead, it reports an error.
4102 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4103 @value{op-overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4104 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4106 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4107 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
4108 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4109 state of the filesystem when the archive was created. It is debatable
4110 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
4111 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4112 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4113 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4114 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
4115 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4116 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4117 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4118 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4119 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4120 example, but @emph{only if} @value{op-recursive-unlink} is specified
4121 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
4124 Finally, the @value{op-unlink-first} option can improve performance in
4125 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4126 before extracting them.
4128 @node Overwrite Old Files
4129 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4133 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4137 causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4138 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4139 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4140 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4141 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4142 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4143 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4144 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4145 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4146 they are in the way of extraction.
4148 Be careful when using the @value{op-overwrite} option, particularly when
4149 combined with the @value{op-absolute-names} option, as this combination
4150 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4151 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4152 are currently being executed.
4154 @item --overwrite-dir
4155 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4156 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4159 @node Keep Old Files
4160 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4163 @item --keep-old-files
4165 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
4166 @value{op-keep-old-files} option prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4167 existing files with files with the same name from the archive.
4168 The @value{op-keep-old-files} option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4169 Prevents @command{tar} from replacing files in the file system during
4173 @node Keep Newer Files
4174 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
4177 @item --keep-newer-files
4178 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
4179 copies. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4183 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4186 @item --unlink-first
4188 Remove files before extracting over them.
4189 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4190 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
4191 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4194 @node Recursive Unlink
4195 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4198 @item --recursive-unlink
4199 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4200 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4203 If you specify the @value{op-recursive-unlink} option,
4204 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4205 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4206 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4208 @node Modification Times
4209 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Modification Times
4211 Normally, @command{tar} sets the modification times of extracted files to
4212 the modification times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4213 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4216 To set the modification times of extracted files to the time when
4217 the files were extracted, use the @value{op-touch} option in
4218 conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4223 Sets the modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4224 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4225 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4228 @node Setting Access Permissions
4229 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4231 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4232 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
4233 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} operation. @FIXME{Should be
4234 aliased to ignore-umask.}
4237 @item --preserve-permission
4238 @itemx --same-permission
4239 @itemx --ignore-umask
4241 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4242 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4246 @FIXME{Following paragraph needs to be rewritten: why doesn't this cat
4247 files together, why is this useful. is it really useful with
4248 more than one file?}
4250 @node Writing to Standard Output
4251 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4253 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4254 creating the files on the file system, use @value{op-to-stdout} in
4255 conjunction with @value{op-extract}. This option is useful if you are
4256 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4257 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4258 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4259 found in the archive.
4264 Writes files to the standard output. Used in conjunction with
4265 @value{op-extract}. Extract files to standard output. When this option
4266 is used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
4267 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
4268 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4269 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4272 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4273 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4274 it. You can use a command like this:
4277 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4280 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4283 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4287 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4289 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4290 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4291 else in the book...}
4294 @item --remove-files
4295 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4299 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4300 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4301 @cindex Running out of space during extraction
4302 @cindex Disk space, running out of
4303 @cindex Space on the disk, recovering from lack of
4312 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4315 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4316 @itemx -K @var{name}
4317 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4318 with @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4321 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4322 space, you can use @value{op-starting-file} to start extracting only
4323 after member @var{name} of the archive. This assumes, of course, that
4324 there is now free space, or that you are now extracting into a
4325 different file system. (You could also choose to suspend @command{tar},
4326 remove unnecessary files from the file system, and then restart the
4327 same @command{tar} operation. In this case, @value{op-starting-file} is
4328 not necessary. @value{xref-incremental}, @value{xref-interactive},
4329 and @value{ref-exclude}.)
4332 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4336 @itemx --preserve-order
4338 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4339 memory. Use in conjunction with @value{op-compare},
4341 or @value{op-extract}.
4344 @FIXME{we don't need/want --preserve to exist any more (from melissa:
4345 ie, don't want that *version* of the option to exist, or don't want
4346 the option to exist in either version?}
4348 @FIXME{i think this explanation is lacking.}
4350 The @value{op-same-order} option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
4351 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4352 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4353 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4354 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4355 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4357 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4360 @section Backup options
4362 @cindex backup options
4364 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
4365 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
4366 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
4367 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
4368 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
4369 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
4371 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4372 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4373 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4374 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4375 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4376 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4377 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4378 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4379 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4380 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4382 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4383 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4384 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4385 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4386 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4387 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4388 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4389 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4390 refers to a remote file.
4392 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4393 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4394 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4395 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4400 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
4402 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4404 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4405 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4407 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
4408 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
4409 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4410 use the @samp{existing} method.
4412 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4413 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4414 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
4415 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
4420 @opindex numbered @r{backup method}
4421 Always make numbered backups.
4425 @opindex existing @r{backup method}
4426 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4431 @opindex simple @r{backup method}
4432 Always make simple backups.
4436 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4438 @cindex backup suffix
4439 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4440 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
4441 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4442 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4443 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4447 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @value{op-backup}
4448 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4449 as one may think, due to the fact that old style options should appear first
4450 and consume arguments a bit unpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4451 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4452 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4455 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4459 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
4462 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4463 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4464 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
4466 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4469 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4470 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4471 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4472 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4473 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4474 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4475 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4476 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
4478 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4479 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4480 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4481 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4484 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4488 The command also works using short option forms:
4491 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4495 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
4498 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4500 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4501 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4502 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4503 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4504 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4505 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
4506 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4507 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4508 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4509 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
4511 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4512 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
4513 @value{xref-files-from}.
4515 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
4516 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4519 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4522 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
4523 which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There
4524 is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
4525 files. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
4526 to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
4527 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
4528 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
4530 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4531 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4532 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4533 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4536 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
4537 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
4542 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
4543 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
4550 . + different levels of dumps
4551 . - full dump = dump everything
4552 . - level 1, level 2 dumps etc, -
4553 A level n dump dumps everything changed since the last level
4556 . + how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
4557 . - scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
4559 . + Backup Specs, what is it.
4560 . - how to customize
4561 . - actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
4564 . - rsh doesn't work
4565 . - rtape isn't installed
4568 . + the --incremental option of tar
4571 . - write protection
4573 . : different sizes and types, useful for different things
4574 . - files and tape marks
4575 one tape mark between files, two at end.
4576 . - positioning the tape
4577 MT writes two at end of write,
4578 backspaces over one when writing again.
4583 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
4584 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
4586 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
4587 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
4588 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
4589 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
4593 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4594 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4595 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
4596 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
4597 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4598 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
4599 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
4603 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4609 @cindex corrupted archives
4610 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
4611 are modifying files in the filesystem. If files are modified while
4612 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
4613 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
4614 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
4615 not corrupt the entire archive.)
4617 You will want to use the @value{op-label} option to give the archive a
4618 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
4619 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
4621 Unless the filesystem you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
4622 one volume, you will need to use the @value{op-multi-volume} option.
4623 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
4625 If you want to dump each filesystem separately you will need to use
4626 the @value{op-one-file-system} option to prevent @command{tar} from crossing
4627 filesystem boundaries when storing (sub)directories.
4629 The @value{op-incremental} option is not needed, since this is a complete
4630 copy of everything in the filesystem, and a full restore from this
4631 backup would only be done onto a completely empty disk.
4633 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
4634 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @value{op-verify} option, to make
4635 sure your files really made it onto the dump properly. This will
4636 also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just after)
4637 it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes) are
4638 capable of being verified, unfortunately.
4640 @value{op-listed-incremental} take a file name argument always. If the
4641 file doesn't exist, run a level zero dump, creating the file. If the
4642 file exists, uses that file to see what has changed.
4644 @value{op-incremental} @FIXME{look it up}
4646 @value{op-incremental} handle old @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup.
4648 This option should only be used when creating an incremental backup of
4649 a filesystem. When the @value{op-incremental} option is used, @command{tar}
4650 writes, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for each of the
4651 directories that will be operated on. The entry for a directory
4652 includes a list of all the files in the directory at the time the
4653 dump was done, and a flag for each file indicating whether the file
4654 is going to be put in the archive. This information is used when
4655 doing a complete incremental restore.
4657 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
4658 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
4659 @command{tar} program.
4661 The @value{op-incremental} option means the archive is an incremental
4662 backup. Its meaning depends on the command that it modifies.
4664 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-list},
4665 @command{tar} will list, for each directory in the archive, the list
4666 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
4667 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
4668 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
4669 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
4670 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
4671 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
4672 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is
4673 followed by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of
4676 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-extract}, then
4677 when the entry for a directory is found, all files that currently
4678 exist in that directory but are not listed in the archive @emph{are
4679 deleted from the directory}.
4681 This behavior is convenient when you are restoring a damaged file
4682 system from a succession of incremental backups: it restores the
4683 entire state of the file system to that which obtained when the backup
4684 was made. If you don't use @value{op-incremental}, the file system will
4685 probably fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
4687 @value{op-listed-incremental} handle new @acronym{GNU}-format
4688 incremental backup. This option handles new @acronym{GNU}-format
4689 incremental backup. It has much the same effect as
4690 @value{op-incremental}, but also the time when the dump is done and
4691 the list of directories dumped is written to the given
4692 @var{file}. When restoring, only files newer than the saved time are
4693 restored, and the directory list is used to speed up operations.
4695 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
4696 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar} to
4697 use the file @var{file}, which contains information about the state
4698 of the filesystem at the time of the last backup, to decide which
4699 files to include in the archive being created. That file will then
4700 be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist when
4701 this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include all
4702 appropriate files in the archive.
4704 The file, which is archive independent, contains the date it was last
4705 modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and directory names.
4706 @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates or inode change
4707 times, and directories with an unchanged inode number and device but
4708 a changed directory name. The file is updated after the files to
4709 be archived are determined, but before the new archive is actually
4713 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4716 @cindex incremental dumps
4717 @cindex dumps, incremental
4719 Performing incremental dumps is similar to performing full dumps,
4720 although a few more options will usually be needed.
4722 A standard scheme is to do a @emph{monthly} (full) dump once a month,
4723 a @emph{weekly} dump once a week of everything since the last monthly
4724 and a @emph{daily} every day of everything since the last (weekly or
4727 Here is a sample script to dump the directory hierarchies @samp{/usr}
4733 --blocking-factor=126 \
4735 --label="`hostname` /usr /var `date +%Y-%m-%d`" \
4736 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr-var.snar \
4741 This script uses the file @file{/var/log/usr-var.snar} as a snapshot to
4742 store information about the previous tar dump.
4744 The blocking factor 126 is an attempt to make the tape drive stream.
4745 Some tape devices cannot handle 64 kB blocks or larger, and require the
4746 block size to be a multiple of 1 kB; for these devices, 126 is the
4747 largest blocking factor that can be used.
4749 @node incremental and listed-incremental
4750 @section The Incremental Options
4753 @value{op-incremental} is used in conjunction with @value{op-create},
4754 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} when backing up and restoring file
4755 systems. An archive cannot be extracted or listed with the
4756 @value{op-incremental} option specified unless it was created with the
4757 option specified. This option should only be used by a script, not by
4758 the user, and is usually disregarded in favor of
4759 @value{op-listed-incremental}, which is described below.
4761 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-create} causes
4762 @command{tar} to write, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for
4763 each of the directories that will be archived. The entry for a
4764 directory includes a list of all the files in the directory at the
4765 time the archive was created and a flag for each file indicating
4766 whether or not the file is going to be put in the archive.
4768 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
4769 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
4770 @command{tar} program.
4772 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-extract} causes
4773 @command{tar} to read the lists of directory contents previously stored
4774 in the archive, @emph{delete} files in the file system that did not
4775 exist in their directories when the archive was created, and then
4776 extract the files in the archive.
4778 This behavior is convenient when restoring a damaged file system from
4779 a succession of incremental backups: it restores the entire state of
4780 the file system to that which obtained when the backup was made. If
4781 @value{op-incremental} isn't specified, the file system will probably
4782 fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
4784 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-list} causes
4785 @command{tar} to print, for each directory in the archive, the list of
4786 files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
4787 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
4788 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
4789 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
4790 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
4791 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
4792 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is followed
4793 by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of the data.
4795 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
4796 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar}
4797 to use the file @var{snapshot-file}, which contains information about
4798 the state of the file system at the time of the last backup, to decide
4799 which files to include in the archive being created. That file will
4800 then be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist
4801 when this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include
4802 all appropriate files in the archive.
4804 The file @var{file}, which is archive independent, contains the date
4805 it was last modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and
4806 directory names. @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates
4807 or inode change times, and directories with an unchanged inode number
4808 and device but a changed directory name. The file is updated after
4809 the files to be archived are determined, but before the new archive is
4812 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
4813 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.@:
4814 with the @option{--atime-preserve} option), or if you set the clock
4817 Despite it should be obvious that a device has a non-volatile value, NFS
4818 devices have non-dependable values when an automounter gets in the picture.
4819 This led to a great deal of spurious redumping in incremental dumps,
4820 so it is somewhat useless to compare two NFS devices numbers over time.
4821 So @command{tar} now considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes
4822 to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
4823 to be a better way to go.
4825 @command{tar} doesn't access @var{snapshot-file} when
4826 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} are specified, but the
4827 @value{op-listed-incremental} option must still be given. A
4828 placeholder @var{snapshot-file} can be specified, e.g.,
4831 @FIXME{this section needs to be written}
4834 @section Levels of Backups
4836 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
4837 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
4838 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
4839 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
4840 are daily re-archived.
4842 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
4843 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
4844 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
4847 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
4848 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
4849 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
4850 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
4851 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
4852 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
4853 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
4854 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
4856 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
4857 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
4858 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
4859 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
4860 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
4862 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
4863 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
4864 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
4865 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @FIXME-xref{Script Syntax} Once the
4866 backup parameters are set, you can perform backups or restoration by
4867 running the appropriate script.
4869 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
4870 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
4871 their use in detail.
4873 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
4874 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
4875 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
4876 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
4877 it is easier to use the scripts. @value{xref-incremental}, and
4878 @value{xref-listed-incremental}, before making such an attempt.
4880 @node Backup Parameters
4881 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4883 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
4884 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
4885 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
4886 before using these scripts.
4888 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
4889 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
4890 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
4891 functions within that script (e.g. see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
4892 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
4893 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
4894 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
4895 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
4897 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
4898 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
4901 * General-Purpose Variables::
4902 * Magnetic Tape Control::
4904 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
4907 @node General-Purpose Variables
4908 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
4910 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
4911 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
4912 sends a backup report to this address.
4915 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
4916 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
4917 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
4918 or the string @samp{now}.
4920 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
4921 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
4924 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
4925 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. This device should be
4926 attached to the host on which the dump scripts are run.
4929 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
4931 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
4932 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4935 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
4937 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
4938 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
4939 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
4940 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
4941 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
4943 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
4944 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
4945 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
4946 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
4947 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
4948 machine where the scripts are run (ie. what @command{pwd} will print
4949 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
4950 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
4951 host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
4953 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
4954 in a separate file. This file is usually named
4955 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
4956 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
4959 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
4961 A path to the file containing the list of the filesystems to backup
4962 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
4965 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
4967 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
4968 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
4969 which the backup script is run.
4971 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to store it
4972 in a separate file. This file is usually named
4973 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
4974 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
4977 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
4979 A path to the file containing the list of the individual files to backup
4980 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
4983 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
4985 Path to @code{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
4986 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
4987 to use public key authentication.
4990 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
4992 Path to rsh binary on remote mashines. This will be passed via
4993 @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation of @GNUTAR{}.
4996 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
4998 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
4999 by all the machines which have filesystems to be dumped.
5002 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
5004 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
5005 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
5006 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
5007 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
5008 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
5009 (e.g. @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
5011 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5014 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
5016 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive filesystems
5018 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5021 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
5023 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
5024 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
5025 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in prompt
5026 @FIXME-xref{describe it somewhere!}, and will expect confirmation from
5030 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
5032 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
5033 this will just be some literal text.
5036 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
5038 Pathname of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
5039 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
5042 @node Magnetic Tape Control
5043 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
5045 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
5046 These functions take a single argument -- the name of the tape
5047 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
5049 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
5050 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
5051 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
5057 mt -f "$1" retension
5062 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
5063 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
5076 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
5077 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
5078 it is defined as follows:
5081 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
5089 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
5090 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
5091 including error count. Default definition:
5103 @subsection User Hooks
5105 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
5106 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
5107 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
5108 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
5109 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
5110 taking four arguments:
5112 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
5117 Current backup or restore level.
5120 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
5123 Full path name to the filesystem being dumped or restored.
5126 Filesystem name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
5127 is useful e.g. for creating unique files.
5131 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions
5133 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
5134 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the filesystem.
5137 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
5138 Executed after dumping the filesystem.
5141 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
5142 Executed before restoring the filesystem.
5145 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
5146 Executed after restoring the filesystem.
5149 @node backup-specs example
5150 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5152 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
5155 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5157 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5159 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5161 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
5163 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
5165 # Override MT_STATUS function:
5171 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
5188 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5189 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5191 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5195 @node Scripted Backups
5196 @section Using the Backup Scripts
5198 The syntax for running a backup script is:
5201 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
5204 The @option{level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
5205 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
5206 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is @code{0}).
5207 @footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
5208 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
5209 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
5210 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
5211 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
5212 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
5213 create a level one dump.}
5215 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
5216 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
5219 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
5221 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
5225 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours
5229 The dump must be run immediately.
5232 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5233 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5234 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5235 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5236 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5237 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5238 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5239 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
5242 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5243 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5244 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5245 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5246 them. @FIXME-xref{incremental and listed-incremental, for a more
5247 detailed explanation of this file.}
5249 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5250 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5251 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5252 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5253 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5254 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
5255 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
5257 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5260 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
5264 @item -l @var{level}
5265 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5266 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
5270 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
5272 @item -v[@var{level}]
5273 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5274 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5275 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5276 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5278 @item -t @var{start-time}
5279 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
5280 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
5284 Display short help message and exit.
5288 Display program license and exit.
5292 Display program version and exit.
5296 @node Scripted Restoration
5297 @section Using the Restore Script
5299 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5300 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
5301 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
5302 then restore all the filesystems and files specified in
5303 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
5305 You may select the filesystems (and/or files) to restore by
5306 giving @code{restore} list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
5307 line. For example, running
5314 will restore all filesystems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
5315 complicated example:
5318 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
5322 This command will restore all filesystems on the machine @samp{albert}
5323 as well as @file{/var} filesystem on all machines.
5325 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
5326 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
5327 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
5328 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
5329 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
5330 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
5336 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
5341 Restore all filesystems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}
5343 @item -l @var{level}
5344 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5345 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
5347 @item -v[@var{level}]
5348 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5349 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5350 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5351 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5355 Display short help message and exit.
5359 Display program license and exit.
5363 Display program version and exit.
5366 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5367 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5368 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5369 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5370 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5371 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media, for a discussion of tape
5375 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5376 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5379 @value{xref-incremental}, and @value{ref-listed-incremental},
5380 for an explanation of how the script makes that determination.
5383 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
5386 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5388 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5389 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5390 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5391 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5392 are in specified directories.
5395 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5396 * Selecting Archive Members::
5397 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5398 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5400 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5401 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5402 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
5406 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5407 @cindex Naming an archive
5408 @cindex Archive Name
5409 @cindex Directing output
5410 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5411 @cindex Where is the archive?
5414 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5417 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5418 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5419 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
5420 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5421 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5422 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @value{op-file}
5423 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5424 instead of the default archive file location.
5427 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5428 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5429 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5433 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
5436 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5440 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5441 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
5442 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5443 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5444 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
5445 for the archive name.
5447 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5448 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5449 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5451 @cindex Writing new archives
5452 @cindex Archive creation
5453 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
5454 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5455 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5456 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5457 @command{tar} always needs an archive name.
5459 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
5460 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5461 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5462 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5463 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5464 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5466 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5467 "notable tar usages".}
5470 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5475 @cindex Standard input and output
5476 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5477 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5481 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5485 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5486 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5487 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @command{tar}
5488 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5489 as the username on the remote machine.
5491 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5492 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5493 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5494 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
5495 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5496 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5497 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5498 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
5499 have the @file{rmt} program installed (This command is included in
5500 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
5501 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, were @var{prefix} means your
5502 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
5503 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5504 can be inhibited by using the @value{op-force-local} option.
5506 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5507 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5508 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5509 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5510 shouldn't mention it..}
5512 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
5513 tries to minimize input and output operations. The
5514 Amanda backup system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has
5515 an initial sizing pass which uses this feature.
5517 @node Selecting Archive Members
5518 @section Selecting Archive Members
5519 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5520 @cindex Specifying archive members
5522 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5523 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5524 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5525 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5527 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5528 the command line, as follows:
5530 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5533 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), preceede it with
5534 @option{--add-file} option to preventit from being treated as an
5537 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
5538 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
5540 If you do not specify files when @command{tar} is invoked with
5541 @value{op-create}, @command{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
5542 the working directory. If you specify either @value{op-list} or
5543 @value{op-extract}, @command{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
5544 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
5545 @command{tar} does nothing.
5547 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
5548 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
5549 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
5550 operate. @FIXME{add xref here}In general, these methods work both for
5551 specifying the names of files and archive members.
5554 @section Reading Names from a File
5556 @cindex Reading file names from a file
5557 @cindex Lists of file names
5558 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
5559 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
5560 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
5561 @value{op-files-from} option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the file
5562 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
5563 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
5564 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
5565 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
5568 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
5569 @itemx -T @var{file name}
5570 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
5573 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
5574 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
5575 names are read from standard input.
5577 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
5578 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
5581 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
5583 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
5585 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
5586 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
5587 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
5588 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
5589 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
5590 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
5594 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
5595 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
5599 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
5600 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
5601 processed accordingly.@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
5602 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
5603 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.} For example,
5604 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
5605 specifying @option{-C} option:
5615 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
5620 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
5621 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
5622 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
5623 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
5628 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
5636 Notice that the option parsing algorithm used with @option{-T} is
5637 stricter than the one used by shell. Namely, when specifying option
5638 arguments, you should observe the following rules:
5642 When using short (single-letter) option form, its argument must
5643 immediately follow the option letter, without any intervening
5644 whitespace. For example: @code{-Cdir}.
5647 When using long option form, the option argument must be separated
5648 from the option by a single equal sign. No whitespace is allowed on
5649 any side of the equal sign. For example: @code{--directory=dir}.
5652 For both short and long option forms, the option argument can be given
5653 on the next line after the option name, e.g.:
5673 @cindex @option{--add-file}
5674 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
5675 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
5676 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file --my-file}.
5683 @subsection @kbd{NUL} Terminated File Names
5685 @cindex File names, terminated by @kbd{NUL}
5686 @cindex @kbd{NUL} terminated file names
5687 The @value{op-null} option causes @value{op-files-from} to read file
5688 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
5689 names contain newlines can be archived using @option{--files-from}.
5693 Only consider @kbd{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
5694 terminate in a newline.
5697 The @value{op-null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
5698 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
5699 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
5700 @command{tar}, @value{op-null} also disables special handling for
5701 file names that begin with dash.
5703 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
5704 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
5705 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
5706 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @kbd{NUL}
5707 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
5708 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
5709 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
5710 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
5711 @command{tar} to recognize the @kbd{NUL} separator between files.
5714 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
5715 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
5718 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
5721 @section Excluding Some Files
5722 @cindex File names, excluding files by
5723 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
5724 @cindex Excluding files by file system
5727 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
5728 use the @value{op-exclude} or @value{op-exclude-from} options.
5731 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
5732 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
5736 The @value{op-exclude} option prevents any file or member whose name
5737 matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from being operated on.
5738 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
5739 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
5740 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
5742 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
5745 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
5746 @itemx -X @var{file}
5747 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
5751 @findex exclude-from
5752 Use the @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option to read a
5753 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
5754 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
5755 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
5756 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
5757 added to the archive.
5759 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
5760 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
5763 @item --exclude-caches
5764 Causes @command{tar} to ignore directories containing a cache directory tag.
5767 @findex exclude-caches
5768 When creating an archive,
5769 the @option{--exclude-caches} option
5770 causes @command{tar} to exclude all directories
5771 that contain a @dfn{cache directory tag}.
5772 A cache directory tag is a short file
5773 with the well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG}
5774 and having a standard header
5775 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
5776 Various applications write cache directory tags
5777 into directories they use to hold regenerable, non-precious data,
5778 so that such data can be more easily excluded from backups.
5781 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
5782 * problems with exclude::
5785 @node controlling pattern-patching with exclude
5786 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching with the @code{exclude} Options
5788 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
5789 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
5790 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
5791 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
5793 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
5794 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
5795 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
5796 before deciding whether to exclude it.
5798 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
5799 below. These options accumulate. For example:
5802 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
5805 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
5810 @itemx --no-anchored
5811 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
5812 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
5813 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored}.
5816 @itemx --no-ignore-case
5817 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
5818 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
5821 @itemx --no-wildcards
5822 When using wildcards (the default), @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[...]}
5823 are the usual shell wildcards, and @samp{\} escapes wildcards.
5824 Otherwise, none of these characters are special, and patterns must match
5827 @item --wildcards-match-slash
5828 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
5829 When wildcards match slash (the default), a wildcard like @samp{*} in
5830 the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is
5831 matched only by @samp{/}.
5835 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
5836 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how exclude patterns are interpreted. If
5837 recursion is in effect, a pattern excludes a name if it matches any of
5838 the name's parent directories.
5840 @node problems with exclude
5841 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
5843 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
5848 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a path name
5849 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
5850 components is excluded. In the example above, if
5851 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
5852 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
5853 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
5856 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @value{op-exclude} and
5857 @value{op-exclude-from}. Be careful: use @value{op-exclude} when files
5858 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
5859 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} to introduce the name of a
5860 file which contains a list of patterns, one per line; each of these
5861 patterns can exclude zero, one, or many files.
5864 When you use @value{op-exclude}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
5865 parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
5866 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
5867 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
5868 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
5869 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
5874 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
5881 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
5885 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
5886 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
5887 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
5891 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
5892 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option was called
5893 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} instead. Now,
5894 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} applies to patterns listed on the command
5895 line and @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} applies to
5896 patterns listed in a file.
5901 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
5903 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
5904 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
5905 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @command{tar} often
5906 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
5907 of actual files in the filesystem. Wildcard patterns are also used for
5908 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
5909 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
5911 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
5913 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
5914 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
5915 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
5916 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
5917 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
5918 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
5919 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
5920 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
5921 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
5923 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
5924 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
5925 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
5926 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
5927 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
5928 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
5929 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
5930 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
5931 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
5932 @emph{last} in a character class.)
5934 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
5935 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
5936 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
5937 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
5938 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
5939 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
5941 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
5942 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
5943 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
5946 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
5947 who don't have dan around.}
5949 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
5950 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
5951 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
5952 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
5955 @section Operating Only on New Files
5956 @cindex Excluding file by age
5957 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
5958 @cindex Age, excluding files by
5961 The @value{op-after-date} option causes @command{tar} to only work on files
5962 whose modification or inode-changed times are newer than the @var{date}
5963 given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to
5964 be a file name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
5965 If you use this option when creating or appending to an archive,
5966 the archive will only include new files. If you use @option{--after-date}
5967 when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will only extract files newer
5968 than the @var{date} you specify.
5970 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
5971 modification of the actual contents of the file (rather than inode
5972 changes), then use the @value{op-newer-mtime} option.
5974 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
5975 differ from the @value{op-update} operation in that they allow you to
5976 specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can compare when
5977 deciding whether or not to archive the files.
5980 @item --after-date=@var{date}
5981 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
5982 @itemx -N @var{date}
5983 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
5985 Acts on files only if their modification or inode-changed times are
5986 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
5988 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
5989 name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
5991 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
5992 Acts like @value{op-after-date}, but only looks at modification times.
5995 These options limit @command{tar} to only operating on files which have
5996 been modified after the date specified. A file is considered to have
5997 changed if the contents have been modified, or if the owner,
5998 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
5999 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
6000 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
6002 Gurus would say that @value{op-after-date} tests both the @code{mtime}
6003 (time the contents of the file were last modified) and @code{ctime}
6004 (time the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc)
6005 fields, while @value{op-newer-mtime} tests only @code{mtime} field.
6007 To be precise, @value{op-after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
6008 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
6009 @var{date}, while @value{op-newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
6010 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither uses @code{atime} (the last time the
6011 contents of the file were looked at).
6013 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
6014 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
6017 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
6020 @strong{Please Note:} @value{op-after-date} and @value{op-newer-mtime}
6021 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
6022 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
6023 @xref{incremental and listed-incremental}.
6027 @FIXME{which tells -- need to fill this in!}
6030 @section Descending into Directories
6031 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
6032 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
6033 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
6034 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
6037 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
6039 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
6041 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
6042 those given on the command line or through the @value{op-files-from}
6043 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
6044 want @command{tar} to act this way.
6046 The @value{op-no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
6047 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
6048 use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
6049 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
6050 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
6051 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @command{find} with
6052 @command{tar}, or look.
6055 @item --no-recursion
6056 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
6059 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
6060 This is the default.
6063 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
6064 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
6065 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
6066 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
6067 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option
6068 to @command{find} @FIXME{needs more explanation or a cite to another
6069 info file}as they usually do not want all the files in a directory.
6070 They then use the @value{op-files-from} option to archive the files
6071 located via @command{find}.
6073 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
6074 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
6075 @value{op-same-permissions} option does not affect them---while users
6076 might really like it to. Specifying @value{op-no-recursion} is a way to
6077 tell @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
6078 no new files on its own.
6080 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
6081 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
6082 the files under those directories.
6084 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also affects how exclude patterns
6085 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-patching with exclude}).
6087 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
6088 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
6089 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
6092 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --norecursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
6096 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
6097 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
6098 other than @file{grape/concord}.
6101 @section Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
6102 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
6105 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
6106 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
6107 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
6108 @value{op-one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
6109 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
6110 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
6111 or through @value{op-files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
6114 @item --one-file-system
6116 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
6117 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
6120 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
6121 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
6122 a directory is not on the same filesystem as the directory itself, then
6123 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
6124 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
6125 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
6127 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
6128 but nothing under it.
6130 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
6131 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
6132 @value{op-verbose}, files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
6136 * directory:: Changing Directory
6137 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
6141 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
6143 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
6144 things around some.}
6146 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
6147 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
6148 @cindex Working directory, specifying
6151 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
6152 either on the command line or in a file specified using
6153 @value{op-files-from}, use @value{op-directory}. This will change the
6154 working directory to the directory @var{directory} after that point in
6158 @item --directory=@var{directory}
6159 @itemx -C @var{directory}
6160 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
6166 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
6170 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
6171 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
6172 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
6173 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
6174 store in the same archive.
6176 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
6177 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
6178 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
6179 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
6180 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
6182 Contrast this with the command,
6185 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
6189 which records the third file in the archive under the name
6190 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
6191 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
6192 named @file{orange-colored}.
6194 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
6195 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
6196 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
6197 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
6201 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
6205 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
6206 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
6207 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
6208 directories where those files were located.
6210 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
6211 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
6212 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
6213 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
6214 @option{--directory} option.
6216 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
6217 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
6218 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
6219 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
6220 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
6221 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
6222 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
6224 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
6239 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
6242 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
6245 Notice also that you can only use the short option variant in the file
6246 list, i.e. always use @option{-C}, not @option{--directory}.
6248 The interpretation of @value{op-directory} is disabled by
6249 @value{op-null} option.
6252 @subsection Absolute File Names
6257 @itemx --absolute-names
6258 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
6259 containing a @file{..} file name component.
6262 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
6263 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
6264 component. This option turns off this behavior.
6266 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
6267 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
6268 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
6269 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
6270 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
6271 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
6272 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
6273 really @file{etc/passwd}.
6275 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
6276 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
6277 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
6279 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
6280 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
6281 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
6282 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
6283 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
6284 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
6285 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
6288 If you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @command{tar} will do
6289 none of these transformations.
6291 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
6292 the @value{op-absolute-names} option.
6294 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
6295 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
6296 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
6298 When you specify @value{op-absolute-names}, @command{tar} stores file names
6299 including all superior directory names, and preserves leading slashes.
6300 If you only invoked @command{tar} from the root directory you would never
6301 need the @value{op-absolute-names} option, but using this option may be
6302 more convenient than switching to root.
6304 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
6305 to transfer files between systems.}
6307 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
6310 @item --absolute-names
6311 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
6312 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
6316 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
6318 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
6319 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
6320 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
6321 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
6323 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
6324 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
6325 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
6328 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
6332 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
6333 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
6337 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
6338 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
6341 @include getdate.texi
6344 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6346 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
6347 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
6348 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
6350 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
6351 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
6355 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
6356 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
6357 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
6358 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
6361 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold pathnames of unlimited
6365 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
6368 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
6369 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
6373 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
6374 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
6375 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
6376 devices, fifos etc.)
6377 @item Maximum value of user or group ID is limited to 2097151 (7777777
6379 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
6380 and group name of the file owner).
6383 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
6384 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
6385 however this means that projects containing filenames more than 99
6386 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
6387 Automake prior to 1.9.
6390 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
6391 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
6392 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
6395 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
6396 provided that the filename can be split at directory separator in
6397 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
6398 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
6400 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
6402 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accomodate
6404 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
6405 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
6409 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
6410 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
6411 currently does not produce them.
6414 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
6415 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
6416 restrictions on file sizes or filename lengths. This format is quite
6417 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
6418 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
6419 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
6420 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
6421 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
6422 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
6424 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
6429 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
6432 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
6433 @item Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab Path Name @tab Devn
6434 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6435 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6436 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
6437 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
6438 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
6441 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
6442 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
6443 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
6444 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
6445 switch to @samp{posix}.
6448 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6449 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6450 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6451 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6452 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
6453 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
6457 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6459 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6460 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
6461 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
6462 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6463 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
6464 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
6465 archives more portable.
6467 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
6468 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6469 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6470 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6473 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6474 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6475 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6476 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
6477 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
6478 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
6479 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6480 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
6483 @node Portable Names
6484 @subsection Portable Names
6486 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
6487 only ASCII letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
6488 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
6489 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
6490 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
6493 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
6494 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
6495 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
6496 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
6500 @subsection Symbolic Links
6501 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6502 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6504 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
6505 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
6506 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the filesystem contents.
6507 @value{op-dereference} is used with @value{op-create}, and causes
6508 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
6509 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
6510 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
6511 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
6513 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
6514 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
6515 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
6516 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
6517 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
6520 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
6521 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
6522 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
6524 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
6525 and use @value{op-dereference}: many systems do not support
6526 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
6527 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
6530 @subsection Old V7 Archives
6531 @cindex Format, old style
6532 @cindex Old style format
6533 @cindex Old style archives
6535 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
6536 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
6537 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
6538 versions, specify the @value{op-format-v7} option in
6539 conjunction with the @value{op-create} (@command{tar} also
6540 accepts @option{--portability} or @samp{op-old-archive} for this
6541 option). When you specify it,
6542 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
6543 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
6544 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
6546 When updating an archive, do not use @value{op-format-v7}
6547 unless the archive was created using this option.
6549 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
6550 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
6551 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
6552 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
6553 always use @value{op-format-v7} for your distributions.
6556 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
6558 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
6559 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
6560 still has many restrictions (@xref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
6561 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
6562 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
6563 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
6565 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @value{op-format-ustar}
6566 option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}.
6569 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
6571 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
6572 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
6573 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
6574 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
6575 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
6576 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
6577 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
6578 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
6579 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
6581 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
6582 this format by default. This will change in the future releases, since
6583 we plan to make @samp{posix} format the default.
6585 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
6586 @value{op-format-gnu}.
6588 Some @command{tar} options are currently basing on @GNUTAR{}
6589 format, and can therefore be used only with @samp{gnu}
6590 or @samp{oldgnu} archive formats. The list of such options follows:
6593 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6594 @item @value{op-incremental}
6595 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6598 These options will be re-implemented for the @samp{posix} archive
6599 format in the future.
6602 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
6604 The version @value{VERSION} of @GNUTAR{} is able
6605 to read and create archives conforming to @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} standard.
6607 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
6608 was given @value{op-format-posix} option.
6609 Notice, that currently @acronym{GNU} extensions are not
6610 allowed with this format. Following is the list of options that
6611 cannot be used with @value{op-format-posix}:
6614 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6615 @item @value{op-incremental}
6616 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6619 This restriction will disappear in the future versions.
6622 @subsection Checksumming Problems
6624 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
6625 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-ASCII file names, that
6626 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
6627 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
6628 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
6629 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
6630 accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
6631 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
6632 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
6633 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
6636 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
6637 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
6638 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
6639 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
6640 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
6641 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
6642 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
6643 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
6645 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
6646 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
6647 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
6648 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
6649 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
6650 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
6651 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
6652 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
6653 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
6654 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
6655 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
6657 @node Large or Negative Values
6658 @subsection Large or Negative Values
6659 @cindex large values
6660 @cindex future time stamps
6661 @cindex negative time stamps
6663 @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar} format uses fixed-sized unsigned octal strings
6664 to represent numeric values. User and group IDs and device major and
6665 minor numbers have unsigned 21-bit representations, and file sizes and
6666 times have unsigned 33-bit representations. @GNUTAR{}
6667 generates @acronym{POSIX} representations when possible, but for values
6668 outside the @acronym{POSIX} range it generates two's-complement base-256
6669 strings: uids, gids, and device numbers have signed 57-bit
6670 representations, and file sizes and times have signed 89-bit
6671 representations. These representations are an extension to @acronym{POSIX}
6672 @command{tar} format, so they are not universally portable.
6674 The most common portability problems with out-of-range numeric values
6675 are large files and future or negative time stamps.
6677 Portable archives should avoid members of 8 GB or larger, as @acronym{POSIX}
6678 @command{tar} format cannot represent them.
6680 Portable archives should avoid time stamps from the future. @acronym{POSIX}
6681 @command{tar} format can represent time stamps in the range 1970-01-01
6682 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16 12:56:31 @sc{utc}. However, many current
6683 hosts use a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, or internal time stamp format,
6684 and cannot represent time stamps after 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}; so
6685 portable archives must avoid these time stamps for many years to come.
6687 Portable archives should also avoid time stamps before 1970. These time
6688 stamps are a common @acronym{POSIX} extension but their @code{time_t}
6689 representations are negative. Many traditional @command{tar}
6690 implementations generate a two's complement representation for negative
6691 time stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}; hence they
6692 generate archives that are not portable to hosts with differing
6693 @code{time_t} representations. @GNUTAR{} recognizes this
6694 situation when it is run on host with a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, but
6695 it issues a warning, as these time stamps are nonstandard and unportable.
6698 @section Using Less Space through Compression
6701 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6702 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
6706 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6707 @cindex Compressed archives
6708 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
6710 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
6711 @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2} compression programms. For backward
6712 compatibilty, it also supports @command{compress} command, although
6713 we strongly recommend against using it, since there is a patent
6714 covering the algorithm it uses and you could be sued for patent
6715 infringement merely by running @command{compress}! Besides, it is less
6716 effective than @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2}.
6718 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
6719 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
6720 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
6721 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
6722 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive, and
6723 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
6727 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz .}
6730 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
6731 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
6732 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
6733 archive created in previous example:
6736 # List the compressed archive
6737 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
6738 # Extract the compressed archive
6739 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
6742 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
6743 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
6744 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
6745 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
6748 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
6749 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
6750 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
6753 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
6754 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
6757 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tfz -}
6760 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
6761 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
6762 modified, i.e. you cannot update (@value{op-update}) them or delete
6763 (@value{op-delete}) members from them. Likewise, you cannot append
6764 another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
6765 @value{op-append}). Secondly, multi-volume archives cannot be
6768 The following table summarizes compression options used by @GNUTAR{}.
6774 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
6776 You can use @option{--gzip} and @option{--gunzip} on physical devices
6777 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
6778 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
6779 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
6780 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
6781 override them, set @env{GZIP} environment variable, e.g.:
6784 $ @kbd{GZIP=--best tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
6788 Another way would be to avoid the @value{op-gzip} option and run
6789 @command{gzip} explicitly:
6792 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip --best -c - > archive.tar.gz}
6795 @cindex corrupted archives
6796 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
6797 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
6798 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
6799 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
6800 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
6801 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
6803 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
6804 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
6805 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
6806 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
6807 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
6808 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
6812 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
6817 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like
6820 The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
6821 @command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
6822 uses. You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
6825 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
6826 Use external compression program @var{prog}. Use this option if you
6827 have a compression program that @GNUTAR{} does not support. There
6828 are two requirements to which @var{prog} should comply:
6830 First, when called without options, it should read data from standard
6831 input, compress it and output it on standard output.
6833 Secondly, if called with @option{-d} argument, it should do exactly
6834 the opposite, i.e. read the compressed data from the standard input
6835 and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
6838 @FIXME{I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
6839 to do it now. I would like to use @value{op-gzip}, but I'd also like
6840 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
6841 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
6842 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
6843 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
6844 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
6845 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
6846 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
6847 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
6849 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
6850 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
6851 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
6852 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
6853 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
6855 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
6856 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
6857 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
6858 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
6859 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
6861 Isn't that exactly the role of the @value{op-use-compress-prog} option?
6862 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
6863 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
6864 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
6865 extraction is needed rather than creation.
6867 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
6868 @value{op-gzip} or @value{op-compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
6869 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
6870 end up with less space on the tape.}
6873 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
6874 @cindex Sparse Files
6880 Handle sparse files efficiently.
6883 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
6884 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @value{op-sparse}
6885 option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
6886 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
6887 space needed to store such a file.
6889 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
6890 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
6891 @acronym{GNU} options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
6892 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
6894 Files in the filesystem occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
6895 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
6896 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
6897 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
6898 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
6899 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
6900 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @value{op-sparse}. When
6901 you use the @value{op-sparse} option, then, for any file using less
6902 disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar} searches
6903 the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the
6904 archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and
6905 only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
6906 @value{op-sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such files have
6907 holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros were found.
6908 Thus, if you use @value{op-sparse}, @command{tar} archives won't take
6909 more space than the original.
6911 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
6912 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
6913 the @value{op-sparse} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}
6914 operation, @command{tar} tests all files for sparseness while archiving.
6915 If @command{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a sparse representation of
6916 the file in the archive. @value{xref-create}, for more information
6917 about creating archives.
6919 @value{op-sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
6920 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
6921 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
6924 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @value{op-sparse} when performing file
6925 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
6926 sparsely in the system.
6928 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
6929 created in the future. If you use @value{op-sparse} while making file
6930 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
6931 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
6932 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
6933 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
6936 @command{tar} ignores the @value{op-sparse} option when reading an archive.
6941 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
6942 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
6945 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time,
6946 @GNUTAR{} still has to read whole disk file to
6947 locate the @dfn{holes}, and so, even if sparse files use little space
6948 on disk and in the archive, they may sometimes require inordinate
6949 amount of time for reading and examining all-zero blocks of a file.
6950 Although it works, it's painfully slow for a large (sparse) file, even
6951 though the resulting tar archive may be small. (One user reports that
6952 dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes, but with only about
6953 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on a Sun Sparcstation
6954 ELC, with full CPU utilization.)
6956 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
6957 the @value{op-sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
6958 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
6959 the whole truth, here. When @value{op-sparse} is selected while creating
6960 an archive, the current @command{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
6961 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
6962 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
6964 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
6965 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
6966 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
6967 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
6968 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
6969 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
6970 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
6974 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
6975 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
6976 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
6977 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
6978 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
6979 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
6981 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
6982 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
6983 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
6988 @section Handling File Attributes
6991 When @command{tar} reads files, this causes them to have the access
6992 times updated. To have @command{tar} attempt to set the access times
6993 back to what they were before they were read, use the
6994 @value{op-atime-preserve} option.
6996 Handling of file attributes
6999 @item --atime-preserve
7000 Preserve access times on files that are read.
7001 This doesn't work for files that
7002 you don't own, unless you're root, and it doesn't interact with
7003 incremental dumps nicely (@pxref{Backups}), and it can set access or
7004 modification times incorrectly if other programs access the file while
7005 @command{tar} is running; but it is good enough for some purposes.
7009 Do not extract file modified time.
7011 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the modification times
7012 of the files it extracts as the time when the files were extracted,
7013 instead of setting it to the time recorded in the archive.
7015 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7018 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
7021 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
7022 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
7023 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
7024 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
7025 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
7026 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
7027 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
7029 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user id and user name
7030 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
7031 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
7032 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @value{op-same-permissions},
7033 @FIXME{same-owner?}it tries to look the name (if one was written)
7034 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
7035 stored in the archive instead.
7037 @item --no-same-owner
7039 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
7040 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
7041 only for the superuser.
7043 @item --numeric-owner
7044 The @value{op-numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
7045 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
7046 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
7047 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
7048 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
7050 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
7051 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
7052 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
7053 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
7054 one belonging to the filesystem(s) being extracted. This occurs,
7055 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
7056 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
7057 disk into another machine to do the restore.
7059 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
7060 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
7061 system, unless @value{op-old-archive} is used. Numeric ids could be
7062 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
7063 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
7064 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
7066 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
7067 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
7068 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
7069 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
7070 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
7071 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
7072 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
7073 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
7074 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
7075 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
7076 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
7077 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
7078 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
7079 gives you a great deal of control already.
7082 @itemx --same-permissions
7083 @itemx --preserve-permissions
7084 Extract all protection information.
7086 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
7087 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
7088 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
7089 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
7090 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
7093 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7096 Same as both @value{op-same-permissions} and @value{op-same-order}.
7098 The @value{op-preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
7099 It is equivalent to @value{op-same-permissions} plus @value{op-same-order}.
7101 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
7106 @section Basic Tar Format
7109 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
7110 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
7111 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
7112 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
7113 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
7114 manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
7115 @acronym{GNU} Emacs.
7117 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
7118 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of two 512 blocks of zero
7120 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
7121 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
7122 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
7123 information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
7124 information about file types.
7126 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
7127 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
7128 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
7129 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
7130 @FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
7131 same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
7133 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
7134 contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
7135 @value{xref-label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
7137 A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
7138 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
7139 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
7141 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
7142 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
7143 of the file. At the end of the archive file there are two 512-byte blocks
7144 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
7145 should write such end-of-file marker at the end of an archive, but
7146 must not assume that such a block exists when reading an archive. In
7147 particular @GNUTAR{} always issues a warning if it does not encounter it.
7149 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
7150 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
7151 @value{op-blocking-factor} option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
7152 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
7153 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
7154 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
7155 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
7156 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
7157 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
7158 records after a zero block.
7160 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
7161 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
7164 @include header.texi
7167 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
7168 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
7169 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
7170 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
7173 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
7174 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
7175 to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
7176 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
7177 of file contents is performed.
7179 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
7180 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
7181 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
7182 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 1 digits, and a null.
7184 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
7185 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
7187 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
7189 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
7190 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
7191 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
7192 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
7193 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
7194 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
7195 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
7196 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
7197 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g.@: the
7198 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
7200 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
7201 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
7202 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
7204 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
7205 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
7206 particular the @value{op-incremental} option.}
7208 The @code{mtime} field is the modification time of the file at the time
7209 it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal value of
7210 the last time the file was modified, represented as an integer number of
7211 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
7213 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
7214 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
7215 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
7216 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
7217 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
7218 if it were all blanks.
7220 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
7221 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
7222 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
7223 action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
7225 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
7226 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access time
7227 and last inode-change time.
7229 The @code{offset} is used by the @value{op-multi-volume} option, when
7230 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
7231 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
7232 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
7235 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
7236 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
7237 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
7238 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
7239 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
7240 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
7241 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
7242 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7243 differently from non-sparse files.
7245 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7246 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7247 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7248 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7249 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7250 to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7251 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7252 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7253 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7254 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7255 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7256 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7257 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7258 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7259 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7260 used to handle a sparse file:
7262 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7263 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7264 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7265 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7268 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7269 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7271 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7272 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7273 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7274 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7275 allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7276 an extended_header is needed.
7278 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7279 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7280 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7281 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7283 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7284 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7285 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7286 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7290 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7291 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7292 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7293 with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7294 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7295 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7296 backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7297 ends with a slash as a directory.
7299 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7300 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7301 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7302 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7303 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7305 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7306 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7307 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7309 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7310 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7311 These represent character special files and block special files
7312 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7313 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7314 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7315 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7317 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7318 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7319 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7320 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7321 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7322 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7323 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7324 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7327 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7328 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7329 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7331 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7332 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7333 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7334 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7335 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7336 type as a normal file.
7338 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7339 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7340 used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
7344 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7345 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
7347 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7348 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7349 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7350 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7351 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7352 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7354 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7355 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7356 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7357 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7360 @section @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
7363 The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7364 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7367 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7369 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7370 @value{op-incremental} option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7371 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7372 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7373 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7374 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7377 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7379 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7380 archive created with the @value{op-multi-volume} option. The original
7381 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7382 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7383 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7384 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7385 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7386 the original size of the file.
7388 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7390 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7391 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7392 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7393 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7395 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7397 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7398 the @value{op-label} option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7399 field contains the @code{name} given after the @value{op-label} option.
7400 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7401 of an archive should have this type.
7405 You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
7406 non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @value{op-incremental},
7407 @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-sparse}, or @value{op-label} were
7408 used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
7409 use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
7410 @command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
7411 @command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
7415 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7418 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7420 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
7421 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7422 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7423 path length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
7424 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
7425 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7427 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7428 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7429 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7430 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
7431 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7432 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7433 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7434 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7436 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
7437 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7438 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7439 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
7441 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
7443 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7444 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7445 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7447 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7448 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7449 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7450 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7451 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7452 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7453 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7454 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7455 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7456 make hard links between them.
7458 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7459 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7460 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
7461 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7465 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7468 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
7469 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7470 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
7473 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7477 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7478 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
7479 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7480 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7481 @command{cpio} knew about it.
7483 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
7484 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7487 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7489 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7490 to start on a record boundary.
7493 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7494 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7495 crashed archives at all.)
7498 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
7499 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
7500 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
7501 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
7502 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
7503 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
7504 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
7508 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7509 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
7512 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
7513 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
7514 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
7517 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
7518 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
7519 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
7520 backwards compatibility.
7522 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
7523 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
7524 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
7527 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
7530 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
7531 description. These special cases are discussed below.
7533 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
7534 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
7535 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
7536 such manipulation easier.
7538 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
7539 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
7541 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
7542 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
7543 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
7544 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
7546 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
7547 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
7548 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
7549 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
7550 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
7551 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
7553 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
7554 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
7555 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
7559 * Device:: Device selection and switching
7560 * Remote Tape Server::
7561 * Common Problems and Solutions::
7562 * Blocking:: Blocking
7563 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
7564 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
7565 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
7567 * Write Protection::
7571 @section Device Selection and Switching
7575 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7576 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7577 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
7580 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
7583 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
7584 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
7585 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
7586 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
7587 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
7589 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
7590 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
7591 sign (@kbd{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
7592 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
7593 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
7594 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
7596 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
7597 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
7598 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
7599 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
7600 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
7601 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
7602 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
7603 runtime by using @value{op-rmt-command} option (@xref{Option Summary,
7604 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
7605 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
7607 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
7608 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
7609 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
7610 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
7611 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
7613 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
7614 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
7615 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
7616 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
7617 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
7618 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
7619 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
7620 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
7621 cartridges or diskettes.
7623 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
7624 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
7625 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
7626 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
7627 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
7628 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
7629 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
7630 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
7631 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
7632 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
7633 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
7634 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
7636 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
7637 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
7638 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
7639 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
7640 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
7644 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
7646 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
7647 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
7648 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
7649 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
7651 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
7652 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
7653 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
7654 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
7655 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
7656 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
7659 Specify drive and density.
7662 @itemx --multi-volume
7663 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
7665 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
7666 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
7667 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
7670 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
7671 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
7673 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
7674 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
7675 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
7678 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
7679 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
7680 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. If @file{file} exits with
7681 nonzero status, exit. This implies @value{op-multi-volume}.
7684 @node Remote Tape Server
7685 @section The Remote Tape Server
7687 @cindex remote tape drive
7689 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
7690 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
7691 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
7692 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
7693 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
7694 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
7695 using a different login name if one is supplied.
7697 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
7698 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
7699 California, but can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
7700 installed by default.
7702 @cindex absolute file names
7703 Unless you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @GNUTAR{}
7704 will not allow you to create an archive that contains
7705 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
7706 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
7707 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
7708 message telling you what it is doing.
7710 When reading an archive that was created with a different
7711 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
7712 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
7713 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
7714 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
7715 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
7716 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
7717 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
7718 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
7721 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
7722 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
7723 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
7724 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
7725 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
7726 from the archive, or you should either use the @value{op-absolute-names}
7727 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
7729 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
7730 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
7731 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
7732 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
7733 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
7734 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
7736 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
7737 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
7738 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
7739 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
7740 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
7741 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
7743 This means that the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
7744 @value{op-concatenate}, and @value{op-delete} commands will not work on any
7745 other kind of file. Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which
7746 means these commands and options will never be able to work on them.
7747 These non-backspacing media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
7749 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
7750 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
7752 Archives created with the @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-label}, and
7753 @value{op-incremental} options may not be readable by other version
7754 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
7755 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
7756 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
7757 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
7758 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
7759 with the @value{op-incremental} option.
7761 @node Common Problems and Solutions
7762 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
7769 no such file or directory
7772 errors from @command{tar}:
7773 directory checksum error
7776 errors from media/system:
7787 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
7788 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
7789 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
7790 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
7791 two terms in a quite consistent way.
7793 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
7794 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
7797 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
7798 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
7799 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
7800 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
7801 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
7802 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
7803 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
7804 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
7805 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
7806 parameter specified this to the operating system.
7808 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
7809 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
7810 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
7811 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
7812 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
7813 into the source code too.
7816 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
7817 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
7818 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
7819 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
7820 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
7821 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
7822 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
7823 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
7824 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
7825 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
7826 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
7829 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
7830 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
7831 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
7832 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
7833 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
7834 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
7835 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
7836 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
7837 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
7838 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
7839 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
7840 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
7841 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
7842 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
7843 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
7845 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
7846 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
7847 factor, use the @value{op-blocking-factor} option. Each record will
7848 then be composed of @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is
7849 512 bytes. @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses
7850 at least one full record. As a result, using a larger record size
7851 can result in more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a
7852 larger record size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
7854 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
7855 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
7856 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
7857 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
7860 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
7861 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
7862 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
7863 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
7864 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
7865 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
7866 blocking factor (with @value{op-blocking-factor}) larger than the
7867 actual blocking factor, and then use the @value{op-read-full-records}
7868 option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
7869 @value{op-blocking-factor} and don't use the
7870 @value{op-read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
7871 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
7872 you must always specify the record size exactly with
7873 @value{op-blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
7874 figure it out. In any case, use @value{op-list} before doing any
7875 extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
7878 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
7879 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
7880 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
7881 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
7882 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
7884 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
7885 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
7886 @value{op-blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
7887 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
7888 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
7889 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
7890 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
7891 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
7892 around one megabyte.
7894 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
7895 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
7896 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
7897 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
7898 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
7902 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
7903 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7906 @node Format Variations
7907 @subsection Format Variations
7908 @cindex Format Parameters
7909 @cindex Format Options
7910 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
7911 @cindex Options, format specifying
7914 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
7915 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
7916 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
7919 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
7920 you can use the options described in the following sections.
7921 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
7922 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
7923 If you create an archive with the @value{op-blocking-factor} option
7924 specified (@value{pxref-blocking-factor}), you must specify that
7925 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
7926 examples of format parameter considerations.
7928 @node Blocking Factor
7929 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7930 @cindex Blocking Factor
7932 @cindex Number of blocks per record
7933 @cindex Number of bytes per record
7934 @cindex Bytes per record
7935 @cindex Blocks per record
7938 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
7939 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
7940 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
7941 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
7942 The @value{op-blocking-factor} option specifies the blocking factor of
7943 an archive. The default blocking factor is typically 20 (ie.@:
7944 10240 bytes), but can be specified at installation. To find out
7945 the blocking factor of an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list
7946 --file=@var{archive-name}}. This may not work on some devices.
7948 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
7949 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
7950 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
7951 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
7952 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
7953 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
7954 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
7955 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
7956 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
7957 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
7958 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
7961 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
7963 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
7964 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
7965 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
7966 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
7967 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
7968 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
7970 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
7971 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
7972 example, this has been reported:
7975 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
7979 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
7980 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
7981 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
7982 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
7983 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
7984 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
7985 for example, might resolve the problem.
7987 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
7988 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
7989 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
7990 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
7991 can use @value{op-list} without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
7992 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
7993 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
7994 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
7995 is), you can usually use the @value{op-read-full-records} option while
7996 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
7997 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
7998 @xref{list}, for more information on the @value{op-list}
7999 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
8002 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
8003 @itemx -b @var{number}
8004 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
8005 operation, but is usually not necessary with @value{op-list}.
8011 @item -b @var{blocks}
8012 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
8013 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
8015 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
8016 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
8017 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
8018 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
8019 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
8020 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
8022 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
8023 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
8024 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
8025 running on old machines with small address spaces.
8027 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
8028 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
8029 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
8030 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
8031 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
8033 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
8034 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
8035 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
8036 updating the archive.
8038 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
8039 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
8040 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
8041 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
8043 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
8044 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
8045 the amount of available virtual memory.
8047 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
8048 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
8049 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
8052 the archive is subject to a compression option,
8054 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
8055 redirected nor piped,
8057 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
8060 @value{op-blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
8064 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
8065 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
8066 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
8072 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
8073 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
8074 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
8075 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
8076 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
8077 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
8080 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
8081 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
8082 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
8083 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
8087 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
8088 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
8089 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
8090 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
8091 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
8092 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
8093 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
8096 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
8097 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
8098 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
8102 @itemx --ignore-zeros
8103 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
8105 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
8106 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
8107 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
8108 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
8109 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
8110 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
8113 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
8114 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
8115 are stored on a single physical tape.
8118 @itemx --read-full-records
8119 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
8121 If @value{op-read-full-records} is used, @command{tar} will not panic if an
8122 attempt to read a record from the archive does not return a full record.
8123 Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading until it has obtained a full
8126 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
8127 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
8128 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
8129 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
8130 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
8131 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
8133 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
8139 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8141 @cindex blocking factor
8142 @cindex tape blocking
8144 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
8145 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
8146 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
8147 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
8148 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
8149 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
8150 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
8151 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
8152 tape motion without loosing information.
8154 @cindex Exabyte blocking
8155 @cindex DAT blocking
8156 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
8157 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
8158 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
8159 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
8160 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
8161 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
8162 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
8163 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
8164 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
8165 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
8166 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
8167 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
8168 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
8169 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
8170 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
8171 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
8173 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
8174 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
8175 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
8176 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
8178 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
8179 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
8180 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
8182 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
8183 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
8184 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
8187 @section Many Archives on One Tape
8189 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8191 @findex ntape @r{device}
8192 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
8193 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
8194 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
8195 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
8196 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
8197 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
8198 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
8201 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
8202 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
8203 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
8204 means that a simple:
8207 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
8211 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
8212 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
8213 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
8216 @cindex tape positioning
8217 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
8218 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
8219 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
8220 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
8221 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
8222 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
8223 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
8224 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
8225 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
8226 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
8229 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
8230 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
8233 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8234 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
8238 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
8239 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
8240 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
8241 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
8242 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
8243 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
8244 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
8245 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
8246 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
8247 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
8248 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
8250 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8251 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8254 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8258 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8260 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8261 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8262 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8263 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8264 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8265 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8269 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8270 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8271 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8274 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8275 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8278 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8279 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
8282 @node Tape Positioning
8283 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8286 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8287 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8288 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8289 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8290 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8291 two at the end of all the file entries.
8293 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8294 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8297 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8300 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8301 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8302 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
8303 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8304 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8305 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8306 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8307 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8308 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8309 the beginning of the archive you want to read. (The @code{restore}
8310 script will find the archive automatically. @FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}@xref{mt}, for
8311 an explanation of the tape moving utility.
8313 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8314 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8315 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8316 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8320 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8324 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
8327 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8328 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8329 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
8331 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8332 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8333 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8334 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8335 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8338 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
8341 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8344 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8345 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8346 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8348 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8353 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8356 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8359 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8362 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8366 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8369 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8373 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8375 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
8376 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} uses the device
8379 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8380 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8383 @FIXME{New node on how to find an archive?}
8385 If you use @value{op-extract} with the @value{op-label} option specified,
8386 @command{tar} will read an archive label (the tape head has to be positioned
8387 on it) and print an error if the archive label doesn't match the
8388 @var{archive-name} specified. @var{archive-name} can be any regular
8389 expression. If the labels match, @command{tar} extracts the archive.
8391 @FIXME-xref{Matching Format Parameters}@FIXME{fix cross
8392 references}@samp{tar --list --label} will cause @command{tar} to print the
8395 @FIXME{Program to list all the labels on a tape?}
8397 @node Using Multiple Tapes
8398 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8401 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8402 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8403 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8404 are using options like @value{op-exclude} or dumping entire filesystems.
8405 Therefore, @command{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8407 Use @value{op-multi-volume} on the command line, and then @command{tar} will,
8408 when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt for another tape, and
8409 continue the archive. Each tape will have an independent archive, and
8410 can be read without needing the other. (As an exception to this, the
8411 file that @command{tar} was archiving when it ran out of tape will usually
8412 be split between the two archives; in this case you need to extract from
8413 the first archive, using @value{op-multi-volume}, and then put in the
8414 second tape when prompted, so @command{tar} can restore both halves of the
8417 @GNUTAR{} multi-volume archives do not use a truly
8418 portable format. You need @GNUTAR{} at both end to
8419 process them properly.
8421 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
8426 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
8428 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
8429 @item n @var{file name}
8430 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8432 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell.
8434 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8437 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8438 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8440 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @command{tar} the
8441 @value{op-info-script} option. The file @var{script-name} is expected
8442 to be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8443 prompting procedure. If the program fails, @command{tar} exits;
8444 otherwise, @command{tar} begins writing the next volume. The behavior
8446 @samp{n} response to the normal tape-change prompt is not available
8447 if you use @value{op-info-script}.
8449 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8450 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8451 @value{op-tape-length} option if @command{tar} can't detect the end of the
8452 tape itself. This option selects @value{op-multi-volume} automatically.
8453 The @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape.
8454 But for many devices, and floppy disks in particular, this option is
8455 never required for real, as far as we know.
8457 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-change prompt
8458 can be changed; if you give the @value{op-volno-file} option, then
8459 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or else,
8460 a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be used
8461 as the volume number of the first volume written. When @command{tar} is
8462 finished, it will rewrite the file with the now-current volume number.
8463 (This does not change the volume number written on a tape label, as
8464 per @value{ref-label}, it @emph{only} affects the number used in
8467 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of tape drives, then
8468 you can use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change prompt. This is
8469 error prone, however, and doesn't work at all with @value{op-info-script}.
8470 Therefore, if you give @command{tar} multiple @value{op-file} options, then
8471 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive volumes
8472 of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs to be
8473 used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run the info
8476 Multi-volume archives
8478 With @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} will not abort when it cannot
8479 read or write any more data. Instead, it will ask you to prepare a new
8480 volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you should change tapes
8481 now; if the archive is on a floppy disk, you should change disks, etc.
8483 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @command{tar}
8484 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
8485 volume alone; just don't specify @value{op-multi-volume}. However, if one
8486 file in the archive is split across volumes, the only way to extract
8487 it successfully is with a multi-volume extract command @option{--extract
8488 --multi-volume} (@option{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where
8491 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
8492 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having @GNUTAR{}
8493 to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
8494 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
8497 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8498 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8502 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8503 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
8506 @node Multi-Volume Archives
8507 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8508 @cindex Multi-volume archives
8511 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
8512 the media, use the @value{op-multi-volume} option in conjunction with
8513 the @value{op-create} option (@pxref{create}). A
8514 @dfn{multi-volume} archive can be manipulated like any other archive
8515 (provided the @value{op-multi-volume} option is specified), but is
8516 stored on more than one tape or disk.
8518 When you specify @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
8519 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
8520 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
8521 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
8522 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
8523 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
8525 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
8526 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
8527 volume, use @value{op-list}, without @value{op-multi-volume} specified.
8528 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
8529 that volume), use @value{op-extract}, again without
8530 @value{op-multi-volume}.
8532 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
8533 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
8534 @value{op-multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
8535 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
8536 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
8537 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
8538 information about extracting archives.
8540 @value{op-info-script} is like @value{op-multi-volume}, except that
8541 @command{tar} does not prompt you directly to change media volumes when
8542 a volume is full---instead, @command{tar} runs commands you have stored
8543 in @var{script-name}. For example, this option can be used to eject
8544 cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as @samp{Someone please come
8545 change my tape} when performing unattended backups. When @var{script-name}
8546 is done, @command{tar} will assume that the media has been changed.
8548 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
8549 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
8550 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
8551 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
8553 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using @value{op-label}
8554 (@value{pxref-label}) when it was created, @command{tar} will not
8555 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label subsequent
8556 volumes, specify @value{op-label} again in conjunction with the
8557 @value{op-append}, @value{op-update} or @value{op-concatenate} operation.
8559 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
8562 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
8563 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
8566 @item --multi-volume
8568 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
8569 @value{op-create}. To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
8570 archive, specify @value{op-multi-volume} in conjunction with that
8573 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
8574 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
8575 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
8579 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for
8580 a @command{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a
8581 multi-volume created by some vendor's @command{tar}, there is almost
8582 no chance you could read all the volumes with @GNUTAR{}.
8583 The converse is also true: you may not expect
8584 multi-volume archives created by @GNUTAR{} to be
8585 fully recovered by vendor's @command{tar}. Since there is little
8586 chance that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's
8587 @command{tar} will work on another vendor's machine, and there is a
8588 great chance that @GNUTAR{} will work on most of
8589 them, your best bet is to install @GNUTAR{} on all
8590 machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
8593 @subsection Tape Files
8596 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
8597 @value{op-label} option. This will write a special block identifying
8598 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the archive
8599 which will be displayed when the archive is listed with @value{op-list}.
8600 If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
8601 @value{op-multi-volume}@FIXME-pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}, then the
8602 volume label will have
8603 @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name you give, where @var{nnn} is
8604 the number of the volume of the archive. (If you use the @value{op-label}
8605 option when reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the
8606 tape matches the one you give. @value{xref-label}.
8608 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
8609 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
8610 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
8611 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
8612 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
8613 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
8614 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
8616 People seem to often do:
8619 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
8622 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
8625 @section Including a Label in the Archive
8626 @cindex Labeling an archive
8627 @cindex Labels on the archive media
8632 @itemx --label=@var{name}
8633 Create archive with volume name @var{name}.
8636 This option causes @command{tar} to write out a @dfn{volume header} at
8637 the beginning of the archive. If @value{op-multi-volume} is used, each
8638 volume of the archive will have a volume header of @samp{@var{name}
8639 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
8642 @FIXME{Should the arg to --label be a quoted string?? No.}
8644 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
8645 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
8646 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
8647 @value{op-label} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create} operation
8648 to include a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
8650 If you create an archive using both @value{op-label} and
8651 @value{op-multi-volume}, each volume of the archive will have an
8652 archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label} Volume @var{n}},
8653 where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the next, and so on.
8654 @FIXME-xref{Multi-Volume Archives, for information on creating multiple
8657 If you list or extract an archive using @value{op-label}, @command{tar} will
8658 print an error if the archive label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
8659 specified, and will then not list nor extract the archive. In those cases,
8660 @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted as a globbing-style pattern
8661 which must match the actual magnetic volume label. @xref{exclude}, for
8662 a precise description of how match is attempted@footnote{Previous versions
8663 of @command{tar} used full regular expression matching, or before that, only
8664 exact string matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the
8665 sake of simplicity to use a uniform matching device through @command{tar}.}.
8666 If the switch @value{op-multi-volume} is being used, the volume label
8667 matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}}
8668 if the initial match fails, before giving up. Since the volume numbering
8669 is automatically added in labels at creation time, it sounded logical to
8670 equally help the user taking care of it when the archive is being read.
8672 The @value{op-label} was once called @option{--volume}, but is not available
8673 under that name anymore.
8675 To find out an archive's label entry (or to find out if an archive has
8676 a label at all), use @samp{tar --list --verbose}. @command{tar} will
8677 print the label first, and then print archive member information, as
8678 in the example below:
8681 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
8682 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
8683 -rw-rw-rw- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
8687 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
8688 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
8689 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
8690 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
8691 @value{op-create} option. Checks to make sure the archive label
8692 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with the
8693 @value{op-extract} option.
8696 To get a common information on all tapes of a series, use the
8697 @value{op-label} option. For having this information different in each
8698 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
8699 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
8702 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8703 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
8704 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8707 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
8708 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
8709 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
8710 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
8711 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
8712 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
8713 is usually not the case.
8715 @FIXME{was --volume}
8718 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
8719 @cindex Verifying a write operation
8720 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
8725 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
8728 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
8729 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
8730 are recorded on the standard error output.
8732 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
8733 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
8736 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
8737 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
8738 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
8739 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
8742 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
8743 written, use the @value{op-verify} option in conjunction with
8744 the @value{op-create} operation. When this option is
8745 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
8746 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
8748 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
8749 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
8750 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
8751 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
8753 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file system
8754 by using the @value{op-compare} option, instead of using the more automatic
8755 @value{op-verify} option. @value{xref-compare}.
8757 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
8758 @value{op-compare} option how identical are the logical contents of some
8759 archive with what is on your disks, while the @value{op-verify} option is
8760 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
8761 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @value{op-verify}
8762 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
8763 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
8764 @value{op-compare} option. If you nevertheless use @value{op-compare} for
8765 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
8766 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
8767 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
8768 the same volume as the one just written or read.
8770 The @value{op-verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
8771 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
8772 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
8773 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
8774 as long as programming is concerned.
8776 The @value{op-verify} option will not work in conjunction with the
8777 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append},
8778 @value{op-update} and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations},
8779 for more information on these operations.
8781 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
8782 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
8783 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
8784 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
8785 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
8787 @node Write Protection
8788 @section Write Protection
8790 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
8791 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
8792 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
8793 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
8794 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
8795 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
8797 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
8798 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
8799 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
8800 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
8803 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8804 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8805 @include freemanuals.texi
8807 @node Copying This Manual
8808 @appendix Copying This Manual
8811 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
8826 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32